[Contents]

Story of Lonoikamakahiki.

Ka Moolelo o Lonoikamakahiki.

CHAPTER I.

His Early Training.

MOKUNA I.

Kona ao ia Ana i ka wa Opiopio.

Lonoikamakahiki1 was the king of Hawaii after the death of Keawenuiaumi2 at a period about sixty-four generations from Wakea. Keawenuiaumi was his father and Kaihalawai was his mother. Lonoikamakahiki was born at Napoopoo, and it was at this place that he was brought up by his retainers until he was full grown. His retainers were Hauna and Loli, and Kohenemonemo the wife of the two men.

He alii nui o Lonoikamakahiki no ka mokupuni o Hawaii mahope iho o ko Keawenuiaumi make ana; he kanaonokumamaha hanauna mai a Wakea mai. O Keawenuiaumi kona makuakane, a o Kaihalawai kona makuahine; ma Napoopoo kona wahi i hanau ai, a malaila no oia i hanai ia ai a nui, e kona mau kahu, e Hauna laua me Loli, ame ka laua wahine o Kohenemonemo.

When Lonoikamakahiki was quite young, when he was just about beginning to reason for himself, he looked up one day and saw the various implements used by his father in the different games, which were hanging up in the palace; when he saw the long spear used in the game of pahee3 he looked at it for a long time and then asked his retainers: “What are those long things hanging up there on the side of the house?” The retainers replied: “They are pahee spears.” Lonoikamakahiki again asked them: “What are they used for?” The retainers then told him: “When two men wish to wager certain articles of value, they would proceed to the pahee grounds and upon arriving at the place they would decide first as to the wager, whether it be articles of value or pieces of land. If they do not wager these things, then they would put up other things, such as their bones, meaning their lives. After the bets are agreed on, they would then proceed to play the game of pahee. If the points to be scored in order to win the game be made fifteen, then the one who first obtains this number of points would win and the one with the lesser points would lose; then the winner takes the articles wagered, or whatever had been placed as wagers. Sometimes the articles of value would be so great that it would take three and four houses to hold them all. But if the things wagered be their bones, then death of course would be meted out to the loser. Wagering for bones was not made very often, only when the parties entered into the merits of their skill by long and spirited arguments, each claiming to be superior to the other. That is the use of those long things you see.”

I ko Lonoikamakahiki wa opiopio, oiai ua hoomaka ae kona noonoo ana, ia manawa nana ae la o Lonoikamakahiki, e kau ana na mea lealea a kona makuakane he nui maloko o ka hale alii; a ike ae la oia e kau ana na ihe-pahee, nana loihi ae la oia, a liuliu, alaila, ninau aku la oia i kona mau kahu: “Heaha keia mau mea loloa e kau nei iluna o ka hale?” I aku la na kahu: “He ihe-pahee.” Ninau hou aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Heaha kana waiwai?” Alaila hai aku la na kahu: “Elua mau kanaka e manao ana e lealea pili waiwai, alaila hele laua a ma ke kahua pahee; a i ka hiki ana malaila, alaila, olelo ka pili a holo, ina he mau waiwai ka pili, a i ole, he mau aina paha; a ina aole i pili ia ma ia mau waiwai, alaila, o ka pili no i na iwi ka pili, alaila pahee, ina he umikumamalima ka ai (ka helu). A ina ua hiki e aku kekahi i ka ai eo (i ka helu pau) a emi mai paha kona hoa pahee, alaila o ke eo ae la no ia, ina paha o ka waiwai ke kumu pili, alaila o ke eo ae la no ia o ka waiwai; ina ua nui ka waiwai o ka pili ana, ekolu, eha hale e piha i ka waiwai. Aka ina o na kino o laua ka pili, alaila, o ka make no o kekahi o laua ka hope. Aole nae he pili nui ia oia mea; aia no a ku ka hoopaapaa mawaena o na aoao elua, e hoole ana kekahi a me kekahi i na akamai o laua, alaila pili kino ia; a oia la, pela iho la ka waiwai o ia mea.”

When Lonoikamakahiki heard this explanation he replied: “Those things are worthless and have very little use; the great objection I have against them is that they are used by men for the purpose of making wagers, even to the extent of their bones, on the result of their skill after heated arguments. That is the reason they are [258]worthless.” The retainers then said: “That is what the pahee spears are used for and the reason why they are being kept by your father.”

A lohe o Lonoikamakahiki i keia mea, olelo ae la oia: “Aole ana waiwai; aka, he waiwai no, hookahi no hewa, o ka pili ana i na iwi ke hiki mai i ka manawa e hoopaapaa ai na mea pahee i ko laua mau ike, nolaila ka waiwai ole oia mea.” I aku la na kahu: “Oia iho la no ka waiwai oia mea (pahee) i malamaia ai e kou makuakane.” [259]

Lonoikamakahiki again looked up and saw a round, flat stone and again asked: “What is that thing?” The retainers replied: “It is called an olohu.”4 Lonoikamakahiki again asked: “What is it used for?” Then the retainers told him that it was used in the same way and for the same purpose as the pahee spears. At this Lonoikamakahiki replied: “Throw it away; it is also worthless.”

Ia manawa, nana hou ae la oia, a iki i ka olohu (ulu maika) ninau hou ae la oia: “Heaha kela mea?” Hai aku la no na kahu: “He olohu.” Ninau aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Heaha hoi ka waiwai oia mea?” Alaila hai aku la no na kahu e like me ka olelo ana no ka ihe pahee. I hou aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “E kiola, aole ana waiwai.”

Again Lonoikamakahiki looked, and when he saw the sugar-cane top, used as an arrow, he asked of his retainers: “What is that?” The retainers replied: “It is an arrow made from the sugar-cane top.” Lonoikamakahiki again asked: “And what is it used for?” The retainers replied: “It is also used in games. If two or three fellows wish to play the game with the arrows5 they go to the playground and see who could glide his arrow on the ground the farthest. The one who can send it the farthest wins. If articles of value have been placed as wagers the winner takes them. It is used in the same way and for the same purpose as the pahee spears, and large wagers have been lost and won on the game.” Lonoikamakahiki then replied: “It, too, is worthless; you had better break it up and throw it away.”

Nana hou ae la no ua o Lonoikamakahiki, a ike i ka pua kea, ninau hou aku la no i na kahu: “Heaha hoi kela?” Hai aku la na kahu: “He pua kea.” Ninau hou aku no ua o Lonoikamakahiki: “A pehea hoi kana hana?” Hai aku la no na kahu: “He mea lealea no ia; ina elua a ekolu paha mau mea e kea pua ana, a ina i lele ka kekahi a oi loa mamua o ka kekahi mau mea alaila, o ka eo ae la no ia. A ina he pili ma ka waiwai, ua like no ka waiwai me ko ka pahee ana, ke nui no hoi ka pili ana.” I aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole ana waiwai, e pono ke haihai a kiola aku.”

Again Lonoikamakahiki looked up, and when he saw a wooden club he asked: “And what is that thing?” The retainers replied: “It is a wooden club.”6 Lonoikamakahiki again asked: “And what is its purpose?” The retainers replied: “It is an implement of war and used to kill people with. If a battle is being fought with one side opposing the other then the war club comes in use as an implement of war. When this club is used in war it can kill as many as forty people, and sometimes it will kill more people than that.” Lonoikamakahiki then said: “That thing is also without value. Its only use would be for a stick to turn over the stones in an umu.”7

Nana hou ae la no ua o Lonoikamakahiki, a ike ae la i ka laau palau, ninau ae la: Heaha hoi kela?” I aku na kahu: “He laau palau?” Ninau hou aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Heaha kana hana?” Hai aku la na kahu: “He mea pepehi aku i na kanaka, ina paha he hoouka kaua mai ko kekahi aoao, a hoouka aku ko kekahi aoao, alaila o ka laau palau ka mea e luku aku ai. A ina e kaua aku me ua laau palau nei, alaila, he kanaha kanaka e make i ka laau palau hookahi, a ina no he nui aku, oia no.” I aku la ua o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole no ana waiwai, hookahi ana waiwai, he ulu imu.”

Again Lonoikamakahiki looked up and saw a bundle of war spears;8 he then asked: “What are those things?” The retainers replied: “They are also used to kill people with. In times of war when men are fighting each other these spears are used at close quarters by thrusting, and at long range by throwing, at the enemy. These spears in the hands of strong men can be thrown for some distance. If the person on the other side is of great skill he could ward off one or more spears at a time, and in that way avoid being hit.” Lonoikamakahiki then said: “Yes, those things are of some value; but the person who can skilfully ward them off is of more importance. These things of my father’s are of some value; therefore, if my navel string is still in your keeping, then tie it together with my father’s bundle of war spears.” [260]

Nana hou ae la no ua o Lonoikamakahiki nei, e kau ana ka ihe kaua, ninau ae la: “Heaha kela?” I aku na kahu: “He mea luku kanaka no, he mea luku aku i na kanaka ke kaua mai, ina i kahi e, e hou aku ai, ku aku la no ke kanaka. A ina he akamai mai kekahi aoao i ka pale ana o ka ihe, alaila, aole e ku.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ae, he mea waiwai ia, aka, o ka mea akamai i ka alo ihe ke kanaka waiwai; nolaila, he hana waiwai ia a kuu makuakane, nolaila, ina eia no kuu piko ke waiho nei, alaila, e nikii pu i kuu piko me ka pua ihe a kuu makuakane.”

Lonoikamakahiki again looked, and seeing the strings of a sling hanging he asked: “What is the use of those strings hanging from the wall?” The retainers replied: “They belong to the sling.”9 Lonoikamakahiki again asked: “What is it used for?” The retainers replied: “A stone is placed in the opening in the middle of the sling, then the ends of the strings are brought together and held in the palm of the sling hand; then swing the sling around the head and when you think it time to let go, one of the ends of the string is released which allows the stone to fly out at the same time. Sometimes the stone would fly over forty fathoms, and if a person is struck with it the force would kill the person. It is, however, used as an implement of war.” Lonoikamakahiki then said: “That makes two things of value belonging to my father. Tie it up with the bundle of spears.” Lonoikamakahiki in this manner inquired into the use of all the things kept by his father. He denied the usefulness of everything but two, which two things he had the greatest desire to reserve for his own use.

Nana hou ae la no ua o Lonoikamakahiki, a o ke kau a ke kaula maa, ninau ae la: “Heaha ka waiwai o kela mau kaula e lewalewa mai nei?” Hai aku la na kahu: “He maa.” Ninau hou aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Heaha hoi kona waiwai?” Hai aku la na kahu: “E hookomo i ka pohaku ma ka puka o ka maa, alaila, e pelu mai ina piko elua o ua maa la, a e hoopaa ae i ka piko o na kaula o ua maa la i ka poho o ka lima e makaukau [261]ana i ka hana; alaila, e wili ae, a kowali ae, a e like me kona manawa i manao ai e hoolele aku i ka pohaku, alaila, e haalele loa aku i kekahi piko o ka maa, alaila e lele aku ka pohaku, he kanaha a oi aku na anana e lele ai, a ina i pa aku i ka pohaku, make loa kekahi kanaka. I hanaia no nae no ke kaua.” I aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Alua mea waiwai a kuu makuakane; nakii pu ia aku me ka pua ihe.” Pela kona ninau ana i na mea lealea a pau a kona makuakane; ua hooleia ka waiwai o na mea apau, a elua wale no mau mea a Lonoikamakahiki i mahalo.

Sometime after this, Lonoikamakahiki again visited the house where the different implements of war and games were kept, and again looked and saw the things he had ordered to be broken and destroyed still hanging in their respective places, so he returned and asked of his retainers: “I thought you two had destroyed those things that I told you to.” His two retainers answered him saying: “We cannot destroy the things belonging to your father, for he would consider it a matter sufficient to cause our death, because the war club is one of the things highly valued by your father, for it has been used in his great battles, and it has been the means of killing many of his enemies.” Lonoikamakahiki becoming very stubborn in the matter, the retainers therefore went to Keawenuiaumi and reported to him the wish of his son.

I kekahi manawa ae, hele aku la no o Lonoikamakahiki a ka hale i waiho ai na mea lealea, nana ae la, e kau ana no na mea ana i olelo ai i na kahu, e haihai a kiola; nolaila, hoi aku la oia a kona mau kahu, olelo aku la: “Kai noa, ua kiola olua i na mea a’u i olelo aku ai ia olua?” I aku la kona mau kahu: “Aole e hiki ia maua ke kiola i na mea a ko makuakane; make mai paha maua, no ka mea, o ka laau palau a ko makuakane, he laau hai kanaka ia.” A no ka paakiki loa o Lonoikamakahiki, nolaila, hele aku la na kahu, a hai aku la ia Keawenuiaumi, i keia mau hana a kana keiki.

When Keawenuiaumi heard this report he was greatly surprised because of the strange wish expressed by his son. He therefore sought out Lonoikamakahiki with the intention of asking him why he wished to have these things destroyed. When Keawenuiaumi came to the place where the boy was being cared for by the retainers, he found that Lonoikamakahiki was out canoe sailing with some of his other retainers. When Lonoikamakahiki returned Keawenuiaumi was waiting for him; the boy then went up to the father and sat on his lap.10 In order to have the matter understood by his son properly Keawenuiaumi took Lonoikamakahiki to the house where the different implements of war and games were kept, and there the father asked the son: “What do you think of these things?” meaning the implements of war and games hanging on the wall. The son replied: “These things are of no value or use. I have told those two (Hauna and Loli) to destroy them all, but to keep the bundle of spears and the sling, for they are of value.” Keawenuiaumi then said to the boy: “That is not what I think about those things. When the time comes for you to assume the care of the whole island, then you will be in a position to do as you like; you can then throw these things away if you see no use in retaining them.”

Ia manawa, lohe ae la o Keawenuiaumi, alaila, haohao iho la oia i keia hana kupanaha a kana keiki; nolaila, hele aku la oia e ninau maopopo ia Lonoikamakahiki i ke kumu o ko ke keiki manao ana pela. Nolaila i ka hiki ana aku o Keawenuiaumi i kahi i hanai ia ai e na kahu, aia nae ua o Lonoikamakahiki i ka hooholowaa me kekahi mau kahu ona. A hoi mai la ua o Lonoikamakahiki, e noho aku ana o Keawenuiaumi, hele mai la ke keiki a noho iho la i luna o na uha o ka makuakane; alaila, i mea e maopopo ai ia Keawenuiaumi ko Lonoikamakahiki manao, nolaila, lawe ae la kona makuakane iaia i kahi i waiho ai na mea lealea. A hiki aku la laua, me na kahu pu ma ka hale i waiho ai na mea lealea, ninau aku la o Keawenuiaumi: “Heaha kou manao no neia mau mea (na mea lealea ame na mea kaua) e kau nei?” I ae la ke keiki (Lonoikamakahiki): “Aole he waiwai iki o keia mau mea, ua olelo aku wau ia laua ’la (Hauna ame Loli) e kiola keia mau mea a pau, a o ka ihe kaua ame ka maa na mea waiwai.” I aku la o Keawenuiaumi: “Aole pela ko’u manao, aia no a hiki i kou noho aimoku ana, alaila, nau no e kiola, ke ike aku la oe, he mea waiwai ole kela.”

After this incident Keawenuiaumi for some time thought over the future of the boy and wondered what would become of him after he had grown up. The father said [262]to himself: “It looks as though the boy will some day go contrary to all the laws that have heretofore governed the apportioning of lands, and I wonder what this chief will do after he has grown up.”

Ma ia hope mai, nalu wale iho la no o Keawenuiaumi i ka hope o keia keiki ke nui ae. I iho a ka makuakane: “Ane kipi wale aku no koe o keia keiki ma kona noho ai aina ana, a heaha la ka hana a keia alii ke kanaka makua aku.” [263]

Sometime after this Lonoikamakahiki entered the temple with his retainers and there saw the images standing up in one of the corners, when he asked of his retainers: “Who are those persons standing there within the wall?” His parents and retainers replied: “They are not persons; they are the gods of our parents, your grandparents.” When Lonoikamakahiki heard that the images were gods he was sore afraid11 and held on to his parents with all his strength, for he had been told by his playmates that ghosts were things to be avoided and feared, and he thought the images were the ghosts. Because Lonoikamakahiki held on to his parents they said to him: “You must not be afraid; what you see are not ghosts; they are the gods who own this place.” Lonoikamakahiki then asked of his parents: “What are they good for?” The parents made reply: “The reason why they are kept is this: If in case of battle one is taken captive or defeated, they offer a prayer to the gods, and then the gods will direct the person to safety. If, on the other hand, a canoe is capsized out in mid-ocean, prayers are offered to the gods and those in the canoe will be saved. If a season of famine should come, prayers are offered to the gods and the food would again appear out of the earth. These are some of the benefits why a god should be kept.” Lonoikamakahiki then said to his father, Keawenuiaumi: “That makes three things in your keeping that are of value. I will take care of these things.”

I kekahi manawa ma ia hope mai, komo ae la ua o Lonoikamakahiki i loko o ka heiau me kona mau kahu, a ike aku la i na kii e ku mai ana ma kuono o ka heiau, ninau aku la i na kahu: “Owai kela mau kanaka e ku mai la i loko o ka pa?” I aku la na makua a me na kahu: “Aole ia he kanaka, he akua ia o ko makou mau makua, na kupuna hoi ou.” A lohe o Lonoikamakahiki he akua ia mau kii, alaila puliki ikaika aku la i na makua, no ka mea, ua makau o Lonoikamakahiki, a no ka mea hoi, ua lohe mua oia i ka hoomakaukauia e na hoa paani ona, a nolaila oia i puliki paa ai i na makua, no kona manao o pau mai i ke akua, no ka mea, ua oleloia e kona mau hoa kamalii: “E lono-e! A-pa-u. A pau i ke akua lapu.” A no ko Lonoikamakahiki puliki ana aku, i aku la na makua: “Mai makau oe, aole ia he akua lapu, he akua ia nona keia wahi.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki i na makua: “Heaha kana waiwai?” I aku la na makua: “Eia kona mea i malama ia ai; ina he kaua a pio paha, alaila, hoomanamana aku i ke akua, alaila, na ua akua la e alakai i kahi e pakele ai. A ina he waa kahuli ma ka moana, pule no i ke akua, ola no; ina he kau wi, a pule no i ke akua, alaila ea mai no ka ai. Oia ka waiwai o ke akua i malama ia ai.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki ia Keawenuiaumi: “Akolu wale no au mea waiwai i malama ai; o keia mau mea au ka’u e malama.”

Sometime after Lonoikamakahiki had outgrown his childhood days and had almost attained manhood, he began to learn the art of dodging and throwing the spear; he also learned how to box and wrestle. These things were in time mastered by him. When he became proficient in these arts of defense and of war, the teachers who had charge of his training in these matters then held the last customary ceremonies, as a sign of foretelling how he would act in life. The signs were favorable in all the different arts with one exception, that of boxing, which, not being favorable in this one thing, he was advised to eliminate this one art from the list of those he was to participate in. In other words, he was forbidden from ever going into any boxing contest. Because of this Lonoikamakahiki relinquished his claims as a boxer. It was in the art of wrestling, however, that Lonoikamakahiki proved himself to be the most proficient.

Mahope mai o ko Lonoikamakahiki mau la opiopio, ma ka hookanaka makua iki ana ae, ao ae la oia i ka alo ihe a me ka oo ihe ana, a ao ae la no hoi oia i ke kui ame ka mokomoko, a akamai ae la oia ma ia mau hana. A i ka manawa i akamai ai, alaila, hailona aku la na kumu nana i ao i kela mau hana ma ka ai lolo ana. A i ka ai lolo ana, ua ku kana mau hana a pau i ka pono ma ke akamai. A o ka hailona o ke kui ma ka lolo ana, oia ka lolo i ino. Nolaila olelo aku la ke kumu kui: “Aole oe e pono ke ao i ke kui, no ka mea, ua ku kau lolo i ka pono ole, a nolaila, e pono ke haalele.” Nolaila, haalele iho la o Lonoikamakahiki i ke ao ana i ke kui. Aka, ma ka mokomoko, oia ka oihana i oi aku ko Lonoikamakahiki ike ame ke akamai maoli.

CHAPTER II.

How Lonoikamakahiki Searched Into the Most Useful Things.

MOKUNA II.

Ko Lonoikamakahiki Imi Ana i na Hana oi o ka Waiwai.

When Lonoikamakahiki became older and more matured in thought he expressed a desire to know the things that would be of the most use to him, especially in the games, so he tried each one of them, as well as the different arts of warfare indulged in by his father, the things that were told him by his retainers as the things most desired. [264]

I ko Lonoikamakahiki wa i hoonaauao loa ae ai, makemake ae la oia e ike maopopo i na hana oi o ka waiwai, a nolaila, hoao pakahi aku la oia i na hana lealea, ame na hana kaua a kona makuakane, na hana hoi ana i olelo ai i kona mau kahu, he mau hana waiwai ole. [265]

After Lonoikamakahiki had tried these different things he was convinced that they were of no use, as he had said. The thrust and dodging spear, the sling, and the care of the god, however, were of value. He therefore made a visit around the island of Hawaii accompanied by his parents and retainers.

A i ko Lonoikamakahiki hoao ana, maopopo iho la no he waiwai ole ia mau mea, a e like hoi me kana olelo mua, o ka alo ihe ame ka oo ihe, ka maa ame ka malama i ke akua na hana waiwai. Aka, no ko Lonoikamakahiki makemake nui e ike i ka hana i oi aku o ka waiwai, nolaila, kaahele ae la ia ma ka mokupuni o Hawaii, oia ame kona mau makua ame na kahu pu.

Hauna and his younger brother Loli, the personal attendants or retainers of Lonoikamakahiki, were prophets; they were men who paid attention strictly to the laws of the gods, and it was said that they were men who possessed supernatural powers, and that they were able to perform many miracles in the name of the god of Keawenuiaumi, and also in the name of their own god.

O Hauna nae ame kona kaikaina me Loli, na kahu hoi o ua o Lonoikamakahiki, he mau kaula laua, he mau kanaka haipule hoi, a ua oleloia he mau kanaka mana laua, a he hiki ia laua ke hana i na hana mana he nui ma ka inoa o ko Keawenuiaumi akua, ame ko laua akua hoi.

In this circuit of the island made by Lonoikamakahiki and his parents, upon their arrival at Hilo they made their abode at Kanokapa, a place adjoining the mouth of the Wailuku river, where lived a man by the name of Kawaamaukele, a great priest and counselor. He was a very old man, his head was wholly gray.

Ma keia kaapuni ana o Lonoikamakahiki me kona mau makua, a hiki ma Hilo, a noho iho la ma Kanokapa, kahi e pili pu ana me ka nuku o ka muliwai o Wailuku. E noho ana o Kawaamaukele malaila, he kahuna kakaolelo nui, ua elemakule oia, a poohina no hoi. Aka, he mea haohao nae ia ia Lonoikamakahiki i kona ike ana aku i kela elemakule, no ka mea, o kela kanaka ke kanaka ano e i hiki mai i ke alo o Keawenuiaumi, a ua loloa hoi kona lauoho a hiki i lalo i ka puhaka, e like mau me ke ano o na kahuna nui.

When Lonoikamakahiki saw the old man he was greatly surprised, because this man was the only man that differed from the rest of the men that came in the presence of Keawenuiaumi; his hair was so long that it reached below his waist, a thing common with the high priests, however. When Lonoikamakahiki, who was sitting with his attendants, had looked at the old man for some time he asked: “Is that old man with the long hair a god?” The attendants replied: “He is not a god; he is a human being, but not of the ordinary kind; he is a counselor. He is also the high priest, higher than all the others.” Again Lonoikamakahiki asked: “What is the old man good for?” The attendants replied: “The man who is a counselor is a very great man in the court of the king; he must be a man who is skilful in language, and whatever advice he gives the king, the king will take heed. He can predict the coming of prosperity to the land and the people. That man can tell whether a common person will become rich or poor, or the chief who will become wealthy or not.”

A ike aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i ua elemakule nei, oiai e noho pu ana oia me kona mau kahu. Ninau malu aku la: “He akua anei kela elemakule lauoho loloa?” I aku la na kahu: “Aole he akua, he kanaka no, he kakaolelo nae, he kahuna nui oia ma na oihana kahuna apau.” Ninau hou aku la ua o Lonoikamakahiki: “Heaha ka waiwai a ia elemakule?” I aku na kahu: “O ke kanaka ike i ke kakaolelo, he kanaka nui ia imua o ke alo alii; he kanaka akamai i ka olelo, ma kana olelo e olelo ai, malaila ke alii e hoolohe ai; nana e ike ka pomaikai o ka aina ame ke kanaka, he hiki i kela kanaka ke iki mai i ke kanaka waiwai ame ka waiwai ole, ke alii waiwai ame ka waiwai ole.”

When Lonoikamakahiki heard these remarks from one of his retainers he was greatly impressed that such a thing could be possible, that is, that the man could tell whether a chief will become rich or poor. He therefore asked of his attendants: “And will that old man be able to recognize me?” The attendants: “Yes, he will not overlook you12 and also your doings in the future.” Lonoikamakahiki again asked them: “Is there any restriction placed on that man, that is, something that will prevent young people from addressing him? And are the grown up people the only ones that are allowed to speak to him?” The attendants replied: “You are indeed privileged to address that old man. Counselors and priests are retained and cared for to be used by the chiefs.”

A lohe o Lonoikamakahiki i keia olelo a ke kahu, he mea puiwa loa ia nona, no kona lohe ana i ka olelo, he hiki ke ike i ke alii waiwai, ame ka waiwai ole, a nolaila, olelo aku la oia i kona mau kahu, me ka i aku: “A, e ike mai no auanei kela elemakule la ia’u?” I aku na kahuna: “Ae, aole oe e nalo, a me kau hana mahope aku.” I hou aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i na kahu: “He kanaka kapu anei kela, aole e kamailio ia aku e kamalii? O na kanaka makua wale no anei?” I aku la na kahu: “Nau e kamailio kela elemakule, i malamaia hoi na kakaolelo ame na kahuna no oukou no na ’lii.”

Because of this Lonoikamakahiki sent one of his attendants to go and bring the aged counselor, Kawaamaukele. When he came in the presence of Keawenuiaumi and Lonoikamakahiki, Lonoikamakahiki spoke up saying: “You have been requested to come here because I have been told that you are an old man who is learned in the things of the future and can tell whether a chief will become rich or poor; therefore I want you to make an examination of me and tell me what I am to be in the future.” [266]Kawaamaukele then replied: “You are going to be a wealthy chief at times, but when you reach maturity then you will become poor, in that you will be without followers; but you are going to be a brave chief.” Lonoikamakahiki then again asked him: “What profession shall I take up in order that I may become wealthy? If you know what I can take up that will be profitable as a profession, then we will take it up and you instruct me in its detail.” The priest paused for a while, thinking of what Lonoikamakahiki had asked, and then replied: “The professions that will make you famous all over the islands are that of a counselor and hoopapa.13 If you can be an expert in this profession of hoopapa, then you will become wealthy.” Lonoikamakahiki took to heart every word spoken by the high priest.

A no keia mea hoouna aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i kekahi kahu ona e kii i ke kakaolelo ia Kawaamaukele. A hiki mai la i mua o Keawenuiaumi me Lonoikamakahiki, i aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “I kiiia aku nei oe no ko’u lohe ana he elemakule akamai oe i ka ike mai i ke alii waiwai ame ka waiwai ole; nolaila, e nana mai oe ia’u, malia paha he alii ilihune wau ma keia manawa aku, a e hai mai oe i ka’u mau hana [267]ma keia hope aku.” I mai o Kawaamaukele: “He alii waiwai no oe i kekahi manawa, aia a hike aku i kou wa kanaka makua, alaila, ilihune oe aole ou kanaka, aka, he alii koa oe.” I hou aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “I aha ka’u hana e hana ai i waiwai ai? A ina ua ike oe i ka hana waiwai no’u, alaila, e ao no kaua.” Noho ke kahuna a liuliu me ke kali ana i kona manawa e olelo mai ai ia Lonoikamakahiki, alaila, olelo aku la: “O ka hana e kaulana ai oe a puni na moku, o ke kakaolelo, ame ka hoopapa; ina e akamai oe ma na hana hoopapa, alaila, waiwai oe.” Ma ka olelo a ke kahuna kakaolelo, hoolohe aku la no o Lonoikamakahiki.

Sometime after this the profession of hoopapa was taken up by Lonoikamakahiki and he was educated into the different things of the profession pertaining to that portion relating to language, and after he had mastered it he in later years did become famous all over the islands. This made the third thing that Lonoikamakahiki became proficient in up to the time of his death, and he caused no end of trouble for certain chiefs.

Mahope iho oia manawa, ao ae la oia i ka oihana hoopapa ma ka aoao kakaolelo, a naauao oia ma ia hana, a oia ka oihana i kaulana nui ai o Lonoikamakahiki a puni na moku, o ke kolu no hoi ia o ka Lonoikamakahiki mau hana akamai a hiki i kona make ana; a nui loa ka pilikia o kekahi poe alii iaia.

After completing the study of hoopapa in Hilo he returned with his parents to Napoopoo, where they took up their residence and he immediately practiced his profession on his playmates, and in this manner he made practical use of it. In this way the profession of hoopapa became a favorite thing with him, making use of it day after day. After a time, however, Lonoikamakahiki began to ensnare his playmates by getting into argument with them in order to test his profession of wrangling. All the crowds of children in Kealakekua were taken up by Lonoikamakahiki and defeated. In thus making practical tests of his vocation Lonoikamakahiki, although making great headway, was at the same time unaware of his advance in his profession; but the person who had charge of his education was well aware of his skill in argument.

Mahope mai o kona ao ana i ka oihana hoopapa ma Hilo, hoi aku la oia me kona mau makua a noho ma Napoopoo, a hoomaka aku la oia i ka hoopapa me na hoa paani ona, a lilo iho la ka hana hoopapa i mea makemake nui na Lonoikamakahiki a pau ka la, a pela aku. Aka, o Lonoikamakahiki, ua hoolawehala wale aku oia i kona mau hoa paani, i mea e hoopapa ai, he mea e hoao ai i kana oihana hoopapa. O na puulu kamalii a pau o Kealakekua, ua hoopapa mau ia e Lonoikamakahiki, aka nae, aole i ike o Lonoikamakahiki i kona akamai ma ia hana hope ana i ao ai, aka, o ka mea nana i ao aku, ua ike aku oia i ke akamai ma ka hoopapa ana.

When Lonoikamakahiki grew to the age of maturity he took unto himself his cousin Kaikilani to be his wife. During the early part of their married life they lived in peace and happiness, and nothing occurred between them to cause any dissatisfaction. During all the time that they lived as man and wife they did not have issue; but Kaikilani had three children with Kanaloakuaana, an uncle of Kaikilani’s. When Kanaloakuaana took Kaikilani to be his wife their issue was Kalanioumi and Kealiiokalani, who were girls, and Keakealani, a boy.

Ma ko Lonoikamakahiki mau la hookanaka makua, lawe ae la oia i kona kaikuahine ia Kaikilani i wahine nana. Mai ia manawa mai, he pono wale no ko laua noho aua, aole i loaa ia laua ka mea ino ma ko laua noho pu ana. Iloko o ko laua manawa i noho ai, aole i loaa keiki laua a hiki i ko laua make ana. Aka, o Kaikilani ka mea i hanau na keiki ekolu me kekahi mea e ae me Kanaloakuaana, he makuakane no no ua o Kaikilani. Ia ike ana o Kanaloakuaana me Kaikilani, loaa o Kalanioumi ame Kealiiokalani, he mau kaikamahine laua, a o Keakealani, ke keikikane.

Before Keawenuiaumi died he requested Lonoikamakahiki to take the head of the government, but Lonoikamakahiki did not think it proper to do so. What Lonoikamakahiki told his father was, that he did not wish to take charge of the affairs of state at that time, but to defer the time until he was able to master the arts of warfare, when he could become expert therein; then he would take charge. Because of this, Keawenuiaumi left the whole island of Hawaii in the care of Kaikilani.14 After the death of Keawenuiaumi, Kaikilani took charge of the government. She was the first chiefess who became the ruler of the land. [268]

Mamua o ko Keawenuiaumi make ana, kauoha ae la oia ia Lonoikamakahiki e noho ma ka noho alii, aka, aole pela ko Lonoikamakahiki manao. O ko Lonoikamakahiki manao i olelo aku ai i kona makuakane, aole ona makemake e ku koke i ka moku, aia a makaukau oia ma na mea kaua, a ailolo hoi, alaila, ku i ka moku. A nolaila, hooili ae la o Keawenuiaumi i ka aina a puni o Hawaii no Kaikilani. A make aku la o Keawenuiaumi, ku ae la o Kaikilani i ka moku, oia ka wahine alii i ai i ka moku. [269]

After Kaikilani had assumed the care of the government, Lonoikamakahiki made a circuit of the island of Hawaii making public competitions in all the different arts of warfare mastered by him, in which he was always victorious. Word of these accomplishments of Lonoikamakahiki was in time carried to the hearing of Kanaloakuaana. When Lonoikamakahiki arrived home after making this circuit, he competed in boxing against Kanaloakuaana, for he, too, was skilful in all the arts of warfare. Kanaloakuaana did not demand this competition for any other purpose than to test for himself how proficient Lonoikamakahiki was, therefore they tried at boxing and Kanaloakuaana found that he was skilful. Kanaloakuaana then took up spear throwing as the next thing. At this Lonoikamakahiki said: “I have not studied the art of spear throwing; but what I have mastered is the art of dodging the spear.” Kanaloakuaana therefore took him at his word and did the throwing while Lonoikamakahiki did the dodging. In this trial Kanaloakuaana was satisfied that Lonoikamakahiki was indeed master of this art. The dodging of two spears at once was next taken up and again he proved himself to be proficient.

Ma ia hope mai o ko Kaikilani ai moku ana, kaapuni ae la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Hawaii a puni, e hoiki ana i kona ike ma na mea ana i ao ai o ka oihana kaua, a lanakila ae ia oia ma ia mau hana. Aka, kui aku la keia mau hana a Lonoikamakahiki a lohe o Kanaloakuaana; a i ka hoi ana aku o Lonoikamakahiki mai kana huakai kaapuni aku, hoomaka ae la oia i ka mokomoko me Kanaloakuaana, no ka mea, he akamai oia i na oihana kaua a pau. Aka, i mea e ike ai o Kanaloakuaana i ke akamai o Lonoikamakahiki, nolaila, hoao hou laua i ka mokomoko. Alaila, hoao aku la no o Kanaloakuaana ma ka oo ihe; i aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole wau i ao i ka oo ihe, aka, o ka alo ihe ka’u mea i ao.” A hoao laua i ka alo ihe, ia Kanaloakuaana nae ka ihe, o ka alo ka Lonoikamakahiki; ia hoao ana a laua, ua ike o Kanaloakuaana ua akamai. Alaila hoao hou aku la o Lonoikamakahiki no na ihe elua i ka manawa hookahi, a ua akamai no oia i ka alo ana no ia mau ihe.

When Kanaloakuaana saw that Lonoikamakahiki was very skilful in dodging this number of spears they tried the dodging of four spears thrown at once; but these were as nothing to Lonoikamakahiki. This trial was continued until they reached ten spears. When this number of spears was reached Kanaloakuaana was certain that Lonoikamakahiki was master of more than ten spears, so he concluded to make further trials, the dodging of any number of spears at once.

A ike aku la o Kanaloakuaana ua akamai o Lonoikamakahiki, alaila, hoao ae la no laua no na ihe eha e hou i ka manawa hookahi, aka, he mea ole ia ia Lonoikamakahiki; a pela no ka laua hoao ana a hiki i na ihe he umi. Ike maopopo aku la o Kanaloakuaana, ua makaukau o Lonoikamakahiki ma keia mau maka ihe, alaila manao ae la o Kanaloakuaana e hoao hou ia Lonoikamakahiki i ka alo ana o ke olowalu ihe.

In order to make this further trial Kanaloakuaana took Lonoikamakahiki to Kailua, to the sandy beach at Kaiakekua. When they came to the place, Kanaloakuaana said to Lonoikamakahiki: “I want to be positive of your great skill, hence I have brought you here for that test and to satisfy myself that you are indeed a master. We have tested you from one to ten spears, and I am sure you are skilful in the dodging of that number. There is, however, one more trial—the dodging of any number of spears. If you are proficient in this, then you are indeed expert.”

A i mea e maopopo ai ia Kanaloakuaana ke akamai o Lonoikamakahiki ma ka oo ihe, lawe ae la oia ia Lonoikamakahiki ma Kailua, ma ke one o Kaiakekua. A hiki aku la malaila, ia manawa, olelo aku la o Kanaloakuaana ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua makemake au e ike i ko akamai loa, nolaila wau i lawe mai nei maanei e ike i kou akamai, no ka mea, ua hoao kaua i ka oo ihe ma ka ihe hookahi a hiki i ka umi, ua ike au i kou akamai ma ia mau ihe, aka, hookahi mea i koe ia oe, o ka alo ana iloko o ke olowalu ihe, ina e akamai oe ma ia mau mea, alaila akamai io oe.”

After Kanaloakuaana had spoken the above words, the people who were to throw the spears arose in front and on both sides of Lonoikamakahiki, leaving his back free. There were about thirty spearmen to throw at the same time. After the men were ready and the spears thrown it was seen that Lonoikamakahiki was not hit by a single one of them. Kanaloakuaana continued the test from thirty spears until the number had reached two times forty spears; still Lonoikamakahiki was not hit. The only time that Lonoikamakahiki was pricked was by himself with his own spear. The trials in the different arts were carried out in the most severe way until all the different arts were gone through.

A pau ka Kanaloakuaana olelo ana no keia mea, alaila ku mai la ka poe oo ihe ma ke alo mai a ma na aoao, koe kona kua, ua like paha me kanakolu ihe e hou i ka manawa hookahi. Aka ia hoao ana, aole i ku iki o Lonoikamakahiki ia mau ihe. Pela no ka Kanaloakuaana hoao ana mai ke kanakolu ihe a hiki i ka elua kaau, aole o Lonoikamakahiki i ku iki; hookahi no eha ana o Lonoikamakahiki, i eha no i kana ihe ponoi. Pela no ka Kanaloakuaana hoao ana a pau na mea a Lonoikamakahiki i ao ai.

CHAPTER III.

When Lonoikamakahiki First Took Charge of the Government.

MOKUNA III.

Ko Ili Mua ana o ka Aina ia Lonoikamakahiki.

After Kanaloakuaana had put Lonoikamakahiki through all the different trials of skill in the various arts of warfare, Kanaloakuaana said to Kaikilani: “The care of the government must be given over to Lonoikamakahiki.” This was because Kanaloakuaana [270]was satisfied that Lonoikamakahiki was well able to take charge of all things pertaining to the government. Because of this, Kanaloakuaana told Lonoikamakahiki to fill the vacancy left by Keawenuiaumi, so Lonoikamakahiki assumed control of the government. It was Lonoikamakahiki together with his wife, however, that took charge of all the lands of Hawaii, and the two were the head of the government.

Mahope iho o ko Kanaloakuaana hoao ana ia Lonoikamakahiki, nolaila olelo aku la o Kanaloakuaana ia Kaikilani: “E hoihoi ka aina ia Lonoikamakahiki.” No ka mea ua maopopo ia Kanaloakuaana ke akamai ma na mea e pili ana i ke Aupuni. Nolaila, [271]olelo aku la o Kanaloakuaana ia Lonoikamakahiki e pani ma ka hakahaka o Keawenuiaumi; a noho iho ia o Lonoikamakahiki ma ka noho alii o kona makuakane. Noho iho la o Lonoikamakahiki me kana wahine ma na aina apau o Hawaii, he mau poo no ke aupuni.

After Lonoikamakahiki had ruled for some time no dissatisfaction over his administration of the affairs of the government was shown; no wars in the nature of rebellions arose, and this peaceful reign lasted for some considerable time; neither was any family trouble seen. But Kaikilani, on the other hand, was the one who fell into sin, for she took Heakekoa, the son of Kalaulipali and Uli, as her paramour without the knowledge of Lonoikamakahiki.

A liuliu ko Lonoikamakahiki noho alii ana, aole he kaua a kipi hoi ma ia hope mai, aole no hoi i kulanalana kona noho ana me kana wahine. Aka, o Kaikilani, oia o laua mea i hana i ka hewa, no ka mea, ua lawe ae oia ia Heakekoa ke keiki a Kalaulipali me Uli i kane moe kolohe nana, me ka ike ole o Lonoikamakahiki.

After a time Lonoikamakahiki formed a desire to visit Maui and to go as far as Kauai; so he took his wife Kaikilani to accompany him on this trip. When everything pertaining to the king’s journey was ready he took his canoe men and his attendant, Loli. The chief desire that actuated Lonoikamakahiki to make this journey was that he might show his skill in his favorite profession of hoopapa. Because of this fact he took with him his calabash of clothes known by the name of Kuwalawala. In this calabash, besides his apparel, were several of the things which were used by him in the profession of hoopapa. Besides this calabash he took along with him his feather kahili, Eleeleualani.15 This was a very large kahili.

A i ka manawa i manao ai o Lonoikamakahiki e holo makaikai ia Maui a hiki i Kauai; nolaila, lawe ae la oia i kana wahine ia Kaikilani, e hele pu ma ia huakai hele a ke alii. A i ka manawa i makaukau ai o ka huakai a ke alii, lawe ae la oia i kona mau hoewaa, ame kona kahu me Loli. O ka manao nui o Lonoikamahiki ma ia huakai, i mea e hoike aku ai i kana mau hana hoopapa ma kahi ana e hele ai. A no ia mea, lawe ae la oia i kana hokeo, o Kuwalawala ka inoa o ua hokeo la. Aia nae maloko o ua hokeo la na mea hoopapa a pau, na ukana o kela ano keia ano. A lawe ae la no hoi i kana kahili o Eleeleualani, he kahili nui ia.

After everything was made ready the king and his companions set out and went as far as Maui. They did not make a very lengthy stay in Maui and the king’s visit was continued to Molokai. The journey was taken to the Koolau side of the island and a stop was made at Kalaupapa. In making the stop at this place Lonoikamakahiki did not contemplate that they would remain very long, but because of the coming of a very severe storm they were detained at this place for about four months. While the royal party was sojourning at Kalaupapa the two whiled away most of their time playing the game of konane.16

A makaukau ka huakai a ke alii, alaila, holo aku la lakou a Maui, aole i liuliu ma Maui, alaila holo aku la ma Molokai, a ma Koolau ka lakou holo ana, a noho ma Kalaupapa. Ia kau ana o lakou nei malaila, aole i manao o Lonoikamakahiki e liuliu ka noho ana malaila, aka no ka loohia ana o lakou e ka makani ino, nolaila, liuliu ai lakou malaila, he mau malama paha eha. Ia manawa no a laua i noho ai ma Kalaupapa, he konane ka laua hana nui ia mau malama.

At the time when Lonoikamakahiki and his party left on their journey of sightseeing, Heakekoa missed his lover Kaikilani so much that he was unable to remain in Hawaii; therefore he followed Lonoikamakahiki and his party. In following them up Heakekoa first called at Maui, and, failing to find them, he continued on to Molokai and landed at Kalae, where he was informed that the royal couple were staying at Kalaupapa. Heakekoa remained at Kalae for several days with the hope of securing someone who would carry the news of his arrival to Kaikilani, but he was unable to secure a proper person.

I kela manawa hoi a ua o Lonoikamakahiki ma i haalele aku ai a holo mai ai i ka makaikai, ia manawa he mea nui loa ia no ko Heakekoa aloha no Kaikilani, a hiki ole ke hoomanawanui; nolaila, huli mai la o ua o Heakekoa mahope o Lonoikamakahiki ma. Ma ia huli ana mai a hiki i Maui, aole i halawai, a malaila mai a kau ma Kalae i Molokai; ia wa lohe oia, aia no na alii i Kalupapa kahi i noho ai. Noho iho la o Heakekoa ma Kalae no kekahi mau la, me ke ake e loaa ka mea nana e lawe aku ka lohe ia Kaikilani, aka, aole he kanaka kupono.

One day, however, there arrived certain persons from Kalaupapa. When the time came for the men to make their return to Kalaupapa, Heakekoa inquired of them: “Are you people going back to Kalaupapa?” The men assented. Again Heakekoa asked: “Are not the chiefs of Hawaii staying there?” The men then told him positively, saying: “They are still there.” Heakekoa then said: “When you get to the [272]edge of the cliff, on your return, just call out the following words: ‘Say, Kaikilani, Chiefess of Puna, love has been sent you by the shady cliff,17 of Uli of Hea.’ If she does not make answer, then call out again these words:

I kekahi la, hiki mai la kekahi mau kanaka no Kalaupapa mai; a i ka wa i hoi ai kela poe ma Kalaupapa, nolaila ninau aku la ua o Heakekoa i na kanaka me ka i aku: “E hoi ana anei oukou i Kalaupapa?” Ae, mai la na kanaka. Ninau hou aku la no ua o Heakekoa: “Aole anei na ’lii o Hawaii ilaila?” Alaila hai maopopo aku la ua mau kanaka nei: “Aia no ke noho la.” I aku la o Heakekoa: “I hoi auanei oukou [273]a luna o ka pali la, hea wale iho auanei oukou penei la: ‘E Kaikilani alii wahine o Puna e, e aa mai ana oe ke ku a ka lauli pali o Uli o Hea?’ A ina i lohe ole mai, alaila kahea hou aku oukou:

‘Say, Kaikilani, Chiefess of Puna,

Your lover sends you his love

Of the shady cliff that stands, of Uli of Heakekoa.’

‘E Kaikilani alii wahine o Puna-e,

E aa mai ana ko ipo ia oe,

O ke ku a ka lauli pali o Uli o Heakekoa.’

Will you thus make the call for me?”

Pela auanei oukou e hea aku ai?”

When these people heard these words of Heakekoa they assured him that they would, and proceeded on their way home. When the men came to the top of the Kalaupapa cliff, at a point called Kaomilani, they called out in the words instructed them by Heakekoa. At the first call Kaikilani heard it coming down from the cliff, and she then knew that her lover had arrived. At this time, however, when the call was heard by Kaikilani, she was engaged in a game of konane with her husband, but in order to distract the attention of her husband as to the meaning of the call from the cliff she made some informal remark, yet in connection with the game of konane, saying:18 “That is won; this is on the run, the space is long, the top is falling, the blacks are indistinct; the whites have won.”

A lohe ae la lakou i keia olelo a Heakekoa, alaila, hoi aku la ua mau kanaka nei. Ia hoi ana a hiki iluna o ka pali o Kalaupapa, ma Kaomilani, alaila kahea aku la ua mau kanaka nei e like me ke kauoha a Heakekoa. Ma ia kahea mua ana, ia manawa, lohe aku la no o Kaikilani i keia leo kahea ma ka pali, alaila manao ae la oia, ua hiki mai kana ipo. Ia manawa nae a ua o Kaikilani i lohe aku ai, e konane ana laua, aka, i mea e nalo ai ke ano o keia leo e pae nei i luna o ka pali ia Lonoikamakahiki, nolaila, hoonalonalo ae la ua o Kaikilani me ka walaau ano e ma ke konane ana, ma ka hoopuka ana i keia mau huaolelo: “O ke kui keia, o ka holo kela, mau kawa, ninole ka luna, hapala ka ele, na ke kea ka ai.”

After making the calls and believing that they had not been heard by Kaikilani, the men repeated the call, saying:

A no ka manao o na kanaka nana i kahea aku aole i lohe o Kaikilani, nolaila, kahea hou aku la ua poe kanaka nei:

“Say, Kaikilani, chiefess of Puna,

Your lover sends you his love

Of the shady cliff that stands, of Uli of Heakekoa.

“E Kaikilani alii wahine o Puna-e.

E aa mai ana ko ipo ia oe,

O ke ku a ka lauli pali o Uli o Heakekoa.”

For once Lonoikamakahiki knew that Heakekoa was the lover of Kaikilani, and from the calls he also knew that the fellow had landed at some place on Molokai.

Ia manawa, lohe ae la o Lonoikamakahiki, he kane o Heakekoa na Kaikilani, me ka manao no ua pae mai ma kekahi wahi o Molokai.

After Lonoikamakahiki had made out the calls, he then asked of his cousin, his wife: “Say! Your lover Heakekoa sends you his love, I hear.” Kaikilani did not make answer to the question put by her husband, however, but continued in her deception, by saying: “This here is won; that is on the run, steady progress, the top is falling, the blacks are indistinct; the whites have won.” At this, Lonoikamakahiki took up the konane board and struck his wife on the head, inflicting painful wounds, but not severe enough, however, to kill her.

Mahope iho o ka lohe ana o Lonoikamakahiki i keia leo, alaila, ninau aku oia i ka wahine kaikuahine ona: “E, aloha mai la nae hoi ko ipo ia oe o Heakekoa.” Aole nae he ekemu aku o Kaikilani, aka, ua lohe no i ka ninau mai a ke kane, hoolalau wale iho la no ua o Kaikilani: “O ke kui keia, a o ka holo kela, mau kawa, ninole ka luna, hapala ka ele, na ke kea ka ai.” Ia manawa, lalau aku la ua o Lonoikamakahiki i ka papa konane, a hahau aku la i ke poo o ka wahine, a eha aku la o Kaikilani, aka, ua koe no nae ke ola.

Because of this, the anger of Lonoikamakahiki was aroused and his mind was greatly troubled; he then made an oath that he would never again live with Kaikilani. This oath, however, he maintained within himself, not voicing it to any one. He then put her aside and refused to have anything to do with her. Because of this Kaikilani returned to Hawaii without meeting Heakekoa again, Kaikilani promising herself to have nothing more to do with Heakekoa, knowing full well that if she did she would in all likelihood be killed by Lonoikamakahiki, her husband; therefore she made up her mind to renounce Heakekoa forever. [274]

Nolaila, huhu nui loa iho la o Lonoikamakahiki, a pono ole kona manao, me ka manao e hoohiki, aole e launa hou me Kaikilani; aka, iloko wale iho no ia ona, aole i hoopuka ma ke akea, alaila, hoomaau ae la oia i kana wahine, a hookaawale aku la. A no keia mea, hoi aku la o Kaikilani i Hawaii, aole i launa hou me Heakekoa, no ka mea, i iho la o Kaikilani, aole e launa hou me Heakekoa; a no ka mea hoi, ina e launa hou me Heakekoa, alaila o ka make ka hope a ke kane (Lonoikamakahiki) ke hana mai mahope, nolaila haalele loa o Kaikilani ia Heakekoa. [275]

This beating inflicted by Lonoikamakahiki on his wife was in time carried to the hearing of Kanaloakuaana, and the chiefs of Hawaii made up their minds to revolt against Lonoikamakahiki. When Kaikilani arrived on Hawaii, on her return from Molokai, she found that Kanaloakuaana together with the chiefs of Hawaii had placed guards at all the landing places of Hawaii. This was done by their orders,19 because they had heard that Kaikilani was almost killed by Lonoikamakahiki.

A no keia hana ana a Lonoikamakahiki i ka wahine, nolaila, ua kui aku ka lono a lohe o Kanaloakuaana, nolaila, manao ae la na ’lii o Hawaii e kipi aku ia Lonoikamakahiki. A i ka hoi ana aku o Kaikilani mai Molokai aku, a hiki ma Hawaii; ia hiki ana aku, ua hoonoho ae la o Kanaloakuaana i na ’lii a puni na awa pae waa o Hawaii, mamuli o ke kauoha a Kanaloakuaana ame na ’lii apau, no ka mea, ua menemene ae la na ’lii i ka lohe ana mai make o Kaikilani.

On this return Kaikilani proceeded to Napoopoo and there found that all the chiefs of Hawaii had taken everything for themselves and were in open revolt against Lonoikamakahiki. Upon seeing this, Kaikilani’s love for Lonoikamakahiki returned and she took pity on him, and was not in sympathy with the wish of Kanaloakuaana and the other chiefs. Because of this Kaikilani began to entertain a desire to go back and make a search for Lonoikamakahiki to inform him of the open revolt of the chiefs of Hawaii. On this return of Kaikilani, Lonoikamakahiki had in the meantime continued on his journey and was on Oahu.

Hoi loa aku la o Kaikilani a Napoopoo, ua hao ae la na ’lii apau o Hawaii e kipi ia Lonoikamakahiki. A no ia mea, he nui loa ko Kaikilani manao aloha no Lonoikamakahiki, no ka mea, aole he like o kona manao me ko Kanaloakuaana ma ame na ’lii e ae. A nolaila manao ae la ua o Kaikilani, e imi hou ia Lonoikamakahiki i hai aku ai oia i ka olelo kipi a na ’lii o Hawaii. Ma ia imi ana a Kaikilani, ua hala aku o Lonoikamakahiki i Oahu.

CHAPTER IV.

The Sailing of Lonoikamakahiki to Oahu.—Arrival of Ohaikawiliula.—Lonoikamakahiki’s Contest with Kakuhihewa.

MOKUNA IV.

Ka Holo Ana o Lonoikamakahiki i Oahu.—Ko Ohaikawiliula Hiki Ana Mai.—Ko Lonoikamakahiki Hoopapa Ana me Kakuhihewa.

After Kaikilani’s return to Hawaii from Molokai, and the inclement weather had ceased, making the ocean fit for traveling, then Lonoikamakahiki set sail from Kalaupapa for Oahu, landing at Kailua in Koolaupoko. Upon the arrival of Lonoikamakahiki he found that Kakuhihewa was living at Kailua, residing at his palace.

Mahope iho o ko Kaikilani hoi ana i Hawaii mai Molokai aku, alaila, ma ka pau ana o na la ino, kupono no ka holo moana, alaila holo aku la o Lonoikamakahiki mai Kalaupapa aku, a pae ma Kailua i Koolaupoko ma Oahu.

When Lonoikamakahiki was approaching Kailua, Lanahuimihaku and his companion recognized the canoe of Keawenuiaumi, so they said to Kakuhihewa: “It is the king of Hawaii, Lonoikamakahiki.” As Kakuhihewa and the others had heard that Lonoikamakahiki was a man well versed in the arts of hoopapa, they therefore made preparations and awaited for the arrival of Lonoikamakahiki with everything ready for a contest. Upon the arrival of Lonoikamakahiki, and the double canoe was hauled ashore, the king and the baggage were taken up and carried to the palace of Kakuhihewa.

Ia hiki ana aku o Lonoikamakahiki, aia no o Kakuhihewa malaila kahi i noho ai, maloko o kona hale alii. I ka wa e holo aku ana o Lonoikamakahiki, ike mua aku la no o Lanahuimihaku ma i na waa o Keawenuiaumi, alaila, olelo aku la ia Kakuhihewa: “O ke alii o Hawaii, o Lonoikamakahiki.” A no ko Kakukihewa ma lohe ana, he kanaka akamai o Lonoikamakahiki i ka hoopapa, nolaila, hoomakaukau mua o Kakuhihewa ma no ka hoopapa. A hiki aku la o Lonoikamakahiki, a kau na waa i uka, kiiia mai la na ukana ame ke alii pu, hoihoi ia aku la a ka hale alii o Kakuhihewa.

On the next day Ohaikawiliula arrived. She was a chiefess from Kauai, and because of the great cunning and learning displayed by Lonoikamakahiki he won Ohaikawiliula and was allowed the honor of entertaining her that night, thereby giving him further subjects with which to carry on in the game of hoopapa. After having won Ohaikawiliula for the one night, without ever having an idea of committing any sin with the chiefess from Kauai, only wishing to procure further subjects for his contest with Kakuhihewa, they removed themselves to the end of the house set apart for the use of Lonoikamakahiki. After they had talked of various matters Lonoikamakahiki asked of the chiefess: “When you set sail from Kauai, were you in possession of any new chant having its origin in Kauai?” Ohaikawiliula answered: “There is a [276]chant, but it is one relating to myself.”20 Lonoikamakahiki again asked: “Is it a new chant?” Ohaikawiliula again replied: “Yes, it is a very late one. It has not become known in the country districts. It was chanted only in the royal court up to the time of my departure.” Lonoikamakahiki again asked her: “What is the title of the chant?” Ohaikawiliula replied: “The Mirage of Mana.” After this conversation between the two, Lonoikamakahiki began the study of the chant until dawn, by which time he had committed it to memory.

I kekahi la ae, hiki mai la o Ohaikawiliula, kekahi alii wahine mai Kauai mai, a no ka nui akamai o Lonoikamakahiki ame kona naauao loa nolaila, lawe ae la ua o Lonoikamakahiki ia Ohaikawiliula i wahine moe nana ia po, i kumu e loaa hou ai iaia kekahi mau kumu hoopapa. A lilo mai la o Ohaikawiliula ma kona poli no ka po hookahi, me kona manao mua ole e hana i ka hewa me ke alii wahine o Kauai, aka, i mea e loaa ai kona kumu hoopapa hou me ke alii o Oahu, nolaila lawe ae la oia e moe ma ia ano ia Ohaikawiliula. I ka manawa i lawe ae ai o Lonoikamakahiki i ke alii wahine ma ia po, a mahope iho o ko laua manawa hooluolu no ka ike ana ia laua iho, alaila, ninau aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ia oe i holo mai nei mai Kauai mai, aole anei he wahi mele hou o Kauai i loaa ia oe?” I aku la o Ohaikawiliula: “He wahi mele no, [277]he wahi inoa no nae no’u.” Ninau hou aku la no o Lonoikamakahiki: “He mele hou anei?” I hou aku la o Ohaikawiliula: “Ae, he mele hou loa, aole i laha i ke kuaaina, i ke alo alii wale iho no, a holo wale mai nei wau.” Ninau hou aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Owai ua wahi mele la?” Hai aku la o Ohaikawiliula: “O Kealialia liu o Mana.” Mahope iho o keia mau kamailio ana a laua, alaila ao iho la o Lonoikamakahiki i ua mele nei, a ao no hoi ka po, o ka paa naau no hoi ia o ua wahi mele nei.

At daylight the next day Ohaikawiliula made preparation to set sail for Hawaii, where she was going to meet her future husband, Manuahi. While this preparation was going on, and the double canoe was being hauled into the sea (the chiefess had not boarded it, however), Lanahuimihaku and his companion said to Kakuhihewa: “You had better run out and ask the chiefess of Kauai for a new chant. It is possible that she knows a late chant from Kauai, then we will study it, else it will be first acquired by the king of Hawaii, Lonoikamakahiki. Ohaikawiliula will surely give her permission that it be used in honor of your name, for Lonoikamakahiki is a chief without any chant dedicated to his name.” Because of these words, spoken by Lanahuimihaku and his companion, Kakuhihewa and his servants went up to where the double canoe was moored and Kakuhihewa reached out and held the chiefess, Ohaikawiliula by the arm, then asked her: “Before setting sail from Kauai, did you not hear of a new chant belonging to Kauai?” Ohaikawiliula replied: “I have a chant.” Kakuhihewa again asked: “Is it a very late one, not heard in the country districts?” Ohaikawiliula replied: “It has not been heard in the country districts; it was used only at the royal court up to the time of my departure. It is one used in honor of my name.” Kakuhihewa again asked: “What is the title of the chant?” “It is ‘The Mirage of Mana,’ ” replied Ohaikawiliula.

A ma ke ao ana ae, hoomakaukau ae la o Ohaikawiliula e holo i Hawaii no ke kii ia Manuahi i kane nana. Ia manawa, i na waa e hoomaka aku ana e holo, aole nae i kau aku ke alii wahine, i aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma ia Kakuhihewa: “E hele aku oe e noi aku i ke alii wahine o Kauai i mele, malia he wahi mele hou kekahi o Kauai mai i loaa iaia, alaila, ao ae kakou, no ka mea, e lilo e aku auanei i ke alii o Hawaii (Lonoikamakahiki), a malia o ae mai ua o Ohaikawiliula, alaila, nou ka inoa; aia la he alii inoa ole.” A no keia olelo ana a Lanahuimihaku ma pela, nolaila, hele aku la o Kakuhihewa me kona mau kanaka, a hiki i kahi e lana la na waa, a paa aku la o Kakuhihewa ma na lima o ke alii wahine (Ohaikawiliula) me ka ninau aku: “Holo mai nei oe mai Kauai mai, aole he wahi mele hou o Kauai i loaa ia oe?” Hai aku la o Ohaikawiliula: “He mele no.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “He mele hou loa aole i laha i ke kuaaina?” I hou aku o Ohaikawiliula: “Aole i laha i ke kuaaina, i ke alo alii wale iho no a hele wale mai la wau, he wahi inoa no no’u.” Ninau hou aku la o Kakuhihewa: “Owai ua wahi mele la?” “O Kealialia liu o Mana.”

Kakuhihewa then proceeded to master the chant by giving each of his servants a line to commit to memory. After this was done, Ohaikawiliula proceeded on her way to Hawaii, while Kakuhihewa and his servants returned to the house, where the chant was connected line by line, as committed to memory21 by the servants, until it was mastered in whole just as given them by Ohaikawiliula.

Alaila, ao aku la ua o Kakuhihewa i ua mele nei, ma ka haawi pakahi ana i na lalani mele i na kanaka, a pau ua mele nei, holo aku la o Ohaikawiliula i Hawaii, a hoi aku la no hoi o Kakuhihewa i ka hale me na kanaka, a hookuikui ae la i na hua i haawi pakahi ia i na kanaka, a lilo ae la i mele e like me ko lakou aoia ana e ka mea nana i ao mai ia lakou.

When Kakuhihewa was being taught the chant by Ohaikawiliula, it was very considerate of her not to have informed him that she had already taught the same to Lonoikamakahiki. She did not even say a word about the matter; probably she had forgotten all about it. If she had told Kakuhihewa of teaching Lonoikamakahiki the chant it would not have been taken for a subject in the game of hoopapa that followed.

Aka, i ka manawa i ao ai o Kakuhihewa me Ohaikawiliula i ua mele nei, he mea nani loa nae i ke alii wahine ka hai ole aku ia Kakuhihewa, ua ao ia o Lonoikamakahiki i ua mele nei, aole no hoi i puka iki aku kekahi hua olelo mai kona waha aku; aka, no ka poina loa ana paha, ina paha ua hai oia ua aoia ia Lonoikamakahiki ua mele la, ina ua lilo ole i kumu hoopapa.

After Kakuhihewa had committed the chant to memory he and his favorites went out surf riding. Lonoikamakahiki also accompanied the king of Oahu in this outing. When it became time for Kakuhihewa to cease surfing he returned to the house with his companions. Just as soon as they reached the house Lanahuimihaku and his companion said to Kakuhihewa: “Say, Kakuhihewa, when the king of Hawaii finishes riding the surf and should send for his loin cloth and kapa, then you refuse the taking [278]of those things, and tell him that he shall not have the loin cloth and kapa unless he is able to recite the chant that we have just learned this morning.” Kakuhihewa then saw that the proposition spoken by Lanahuimihaku and his companion was a good one, so he carried out the advice given him by the two men.

Mahope iho o ko Kakuhihewa ao ana i ke mele, hele ae la oia me kana mau punahele i ka heenalu, a o Lonoikamakahiki hoi kekahi ma ia hee nalu ana. A pau ka Kakuhihewa ma heenalu ana, hoi aku la lakou a ka hale. Ia manawa, olelo aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma ia Kakuhihewa: “E Kakuhihewa! I noho auanei kakou a i pau ka auau ana a ke alii o Hawaii, a i kii mai auanei i ka malo a me ke kapa; alaila, aua [279]aku auanei oe, me ko olelo aku auanei, aole e loaa ka malo a me ke kapa, ke loaa ole kela mele a kakou i ao iho nei i keia kakahiaka.” Alaila ike ae la ke alii Kakuhihewa, ua pono ka olelo a Lanahuimihaku ma, alaila, hooko ae la o Kakuhihewa mamuli o ka Lanahuimihaku ma olelo.

Lanahuimihaku and his companion were great favorites in the court of Lonoikamakahiki prior to their coming to Oahu, and they were recognized as the most important men in the presence of the king. They were well treated and accorded the highest position over all the people when Lonoikamakahiki took charge of the affairs of the government. But there came a time when the king ceased thinking so very much of them; that they were no longer his favorites. Because of this neglect they left Lonoikamakahiki and came and lived with Kakuhihewa. It was these two men that caused great trouble for Kakuhihewa and his people.

A o Lanahuimihaku ma, he mau kanaka punahele ia ma ko Lonoikamakahiki alo, a o laua no na kanaka nui o ko Lonoikamakahiki alo alii, a ua oi ae laua mamua o na kanaka a pau ma ko Lonoikamakahiki ku ana i ka moku; a no ka pau ana o ko Lanahuimihaku ma punahele, nolaila, haalele laua ia Lonoikamakahiki, a holo mai a noho me Kakuhihewa; a o keia mau kanaka, na kanaka i pilikia loa ai o Kakuhihewa ma.

When Lonoikamakahiki returned from having his bath and stood outside of Kakuhihewa’s palace, he said to his attendant, Loli: “You go in and bring out my loin cloth and my cloak.” Because of this order of the king Loli proceeded to get these things, they being in Lonoikamakahiki’s calabash, Kawalawala, which was in the palace, in the end of the house set apart for the use of the king.

A i ka manawa i hoi mai ai o Lonoikamakahiki mai ka auau mai, hoi aku la a mawaho o ka hale alii o Kakuhihewa, i aku la i ke kahu ia Loli: “E kii aku oe i kuu wahi malo ame kuu wahi kihei.” A no keia olelo a ke alii, nolaila, kii aku la o Loli i ka malo o Lonoikamakahiki i loko o kona hokeo (Kuwalawala) maloko o ko Kakuhihewa hale, kahi i waiho ai, ma ke kala hoi i hookaawaleia nona.

When Loli came into the house he took the calabash where the things were kept and proceeded to open it. When Kakuhihewa saw Loli uncovering the calabash he said to one of his own retainers: “You go and tell the servant of Lonoikamakahiki not to take the loin cloth until he can chant the mele in honor of the king’s name.” Because of this order from Kakuhihewa the retainer went to meet Loli and said to him: “What are you doing, uncovering the calabash of your ward?” Loli replied: “I am uncovering it for the loin cloth and kapa of the king.” Kakuhihewa’s retainer then said: “You must go back without it. You cannot have the loin cloth until the chant in honor of the king’s name is recited.” Loli then returned and Lonoikamakahiki asked of him: “Where is the loin cloth?” Loli replied: “The loin cloth cannot be had. Kakuhihewa has kept me from taking it. It is only when the chant in honor of Kakuhihewa is recited that the loin cloth can be given up.” Lonoikamakahiki then said: “You go back and get my loin cloth and bring it here, and if they should ask you about the chant, then ask them the title of the king’s chant.”

I ka manawa o Loli i komo aku ai i loko o ka hale, a wehe ae la i ka hokeo, kahi i waihoia aku ai na mea o ke alii. A ike aku la o Kakuhihewa ia Loli e wehe ana i ka hokeo, alaila, olelo aku la i kona kahu ponoi, me ka i aku: “E hele oe a olelo aku i ke kahu o Lonoikamakahiki, aole e lawe i ka malo a loaa ka inoa o ke alii.” A no ko Kakuhihewa olelo ana pela, alaila, hele aku la ua kahu nei o Kakuhihewa a halawai me Loli, i aku la ma ka ninau: “Heaha ia au e wehe nei i ka hokeo o ua hanai au?” I mai la o Loli: “E wehe ae ana wau i ka malo a me ke kapa o ke alii.” Olelo aku la ua wahi kahu nei o Kakuhihewa: “E hoi wale oe, aole e loaa ka malo ia oe, a loaa ka inoa o ke alii (Kakuhihewa).” Hoi aku la o Loli, ninau mai la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Auhea ka hoi ka malo?” Olelo aku la o Loli: “Aole e loaa mai ka malo, ua aua ia mai nei e Kakuhihewa, aia a loaa ka inoa o Kakuhihewa, alaila loaa mai ka malo.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “E kii oe i kuu malo, a lawe mai, a ina i ninau mai ia oe, alaila ninau aku oe i kona inoa.”

Loli then returned into the house and again uncovered the calabash. The retainer of Kakuhihewa again asked: “What are you doing with the calabash?” Loli replied: “I have come for the king’s loin cloth and kapa.” Kakuhihewa then spoke up: “You are very stubborn. Have you not heard that you have been ordered that only when the chant in my honor can be recited can you get the loin cloth and kapa?” Loli then made reply: “That is just what I have told my king, but he ordered me to return here and ask for the title of your chant.” Kakuhihewa then said: “The title of the chant in honor of my name is ‘The Mirage of Mana.’ ”

Hoi aku la o Loli a wehe hou no i ka hokeo; ninau hou mai ke kahu o Kakuhihewa: “Heaha kau hana i ka hokeo?” I aku o Loli: “I kii mai nei no wau i ka malo a me ke kapa o ke alii.” I aku la o Kakuhihewa: “He hoopaa anei oe; aole anei oe e lohe, ua oleloia aku nei oe, aia a loaa kuu inoa, alaila, loaa aku ka malo a me ke kapa.” Olelo aku la o Loli: “O ka’u ia i olelo aku nei i ke alii a’u, i mai nei kela, e hoi mai wau a ninau aku i kou inoa.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “O kuu inoa o Kealialia liu o Mana.”

Loli was again forced to return without the loin cloth. Upon coming to Lonoikamakahiki he was asked: “What is the title of the chant in honor of the name of the king of Oahu?” The retainer Loli then told him: “He said it was ‘The Mirage of [280]Mana.’ ” Lonoikamakahiki then said: “You go back and bring my loin cloth. If they should again ask you, you tell them that I have said, ‘The Mirage of Mana’ is the chant in honor of the name of Lonoikamakahiki. You repeat this to them.”

Hoi wale aku la o Loli me ka nele i ka malo. Ninau mai la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Owai ka inoa o ke alii o Oahu?” Alaila, hai aku la kahi kahu, o Loli: “I mai nei, o [281]Kealialia liu o Mana.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “O hoi a lawe mai i kuu malo, i olelo hou mai, alaila olelo aku oe, ua olelo aku wau: ‘O Kealialia liu o Mana’ inoa nei no o Lonoikamakahiki la? Pela oe e olelo aku ai.”

At the close of their conversation, and this was the last thing said on the subject, Loli then went back into the house, the palace of Kakuhihewa, Kamoa by name. Again Loli took up the calabash and began to uncover it for the loin cloth and kapa of his king. At this Kakuhihewa again asked: “Say, Loli, why are you again uncovering the calabash belonging to your ward?” Loli made reply: “It is for the king’s loin cloth.” Kakuhihewa said: “Have you not heard that you cannot get the loin cloth until the chant in my honor is recited?” Loli replied: “I have told him that, but he replied by asking, ‘What is the title of the chant of Kakuhihewa?’ I replied: ‘The Mirage of Mana.’ He made reply: ‘Is it “The Mirage of Mana,” the chant in honor of the name of Lonoikamakahiki?’ This is the reply made by my king, and that is all.” Because of this reply made by Loli, Kakuhihewa asked of Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Is this chant really in honor of the name of the king of Hawaii?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “It is a lie; he has no chant in honor of his name like this one. He is a chief without a chant. You must not be afraid; make a wager with him.”

A pau ka laua kamailio ana no keia mau mea, a o ka laua olelo hope loa no hoi ia ma keia mau mea, alaila, hoi aku la o Loli a ka hale alii o Kakuhihewa, o Kamoa ka inoa o ua hale alii la. Lalau hou aku la no ua o Loli i ka hokeo, e wehe ana i ka malo a me ke kapa. Ia manawa, ninau hou mai o Kakuhihewa: “E Loli! Heaha ia au e wehe hou nei i ka hokeo a ko hanai?” I aku o Loli: “O ka malo no o ke alii.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “Aole anei oe e lohe, aole e loaa aku ka malo, a loaa kuu inoa?” I aku o Loli: “Ua olelo aku nei wau pela, aka, olelo mai nei kela, me ka ninau mai: ‘Owai ka inoa o Kakuhihewa?’ Hai aku nei wau: ‘O Kealialia liu o Mana.’ I mai nei kela: ‘O Kealialia liu o Mana inoa nei no o Lonoikamakahiki la;’ a pela mai ua alii la ia’u, a oia la.” A no keia olelo ana aku a Loli pela, alaila, ninau ae la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “No ke alii io anei o Hawaii keia inoa?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ma: “He wahahee, aole ona inoa e like me keia, he alii inoa ole; mai makau oe pili ia aku.”

CHAPTER V.

The Wager Made by Kakuhihewa Against Lonoikamakahiki.

MOKUNA V.

Ka Pili Ana o Kakuhihewa me Lonoikamakahiki.

After Kakuhihewa had heard from Loli the answer given by Lonoikamakahiki, that the chant belonged to the king of Hawaii, the chant was then made the subject of a contest.22 After this was agreed on the two kings came together to decide on their bets. Some time was taken up in this before they agreed upon the different objects for the wager. Kakuhihewa on his side offered that portion of Oahu from Leahi point to the Kaena point as against the large feather kahili of Lonoikamakahiki, Eleeleualani. Lonoikamakahiki on his side would not agree to this, saying: “I will not wager my feather kahili for that amount of land.” Because Lonoikamakahiki refused to agree to this offer made by Kakuhihewa, Kakuhihewa again offered all the lands, in addition to the former offer, embraced within the point of Kaena to the Kaoio point at Kualoa.

Mahope iho o ko Kakuhihewa lohe ana ia Loli no ko Lonoikamakahiki hai ana mai, nona ka inoa, ke mele hoi a laua e hoopapa nei, alaila, olelo pu ae la na ’lii a elua, no na kumu pili a laua; a maopopo ae la, haawi mai la o Kakuhihewa i ka aina, mai ka lae o Leahi a ka lae o Kaena mau ia Eleeleualani, ke kahili nui o Lonoikamakahiki. I aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole e mau kuu kahili ia wahi.” A no ko Lonoikamakahiki hoole ana aku i ka pili ia Kakuhihewa, alaila, haawi hou mai la ua o Kakuhihewa, i ka aina mai ka lae o Kaena a ka lae o Kaoio ma Kualoa.

Because of this last offer made by Kakuhihewa, which really meant the passing away from him of almost all the lands of Oahu, Lonoikamakahiki replied: “I will not allow my feather kahili to be wagered for the amount of land you offer.” Kakuhihewa then replied: “Since you have not agreed to my offer, make your offer then.” Lonoikamakahiki said: “I will wager my feather kahili as against the inside of this house.” Kakuhihewa then made answer: “That is agreed; here it is. You are satisfied with [282]the inside of the house as against your kahili, while I was offering you almost all my possessions, which I had the chance of losing to you.”

A no keia pili ana mai a Kakuhihewa, aneane e pau loa o Oahu nei, alaila, olelo aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole e mau kuu kahili ia pili.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “Ole ae la ka’u pili, ia oe mai hoi ia wahi.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “O kuu kahili a [283]mau ia loko o ka hale, alaila, ae wau.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “Ua mau; o loko wale ae la no ka hoi o ka hale ka pili o kou kahili la, mai lilo hewa ka aina ia oe.”

After the wagers had been agreed on, the loin cloth and kapa of Lonoikamakahiki were given up at last. Kakuhihewa then said: “You recite the chant first, for you have claimed that the chant was one in honor of your name. After you have finished, then we will recite ours.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “You people had better make the first recital, since I have claimed that you have appropriated the chant belonging to others and are claiming it your own. In this way we will ascertain positively whether the chant is yours. After you have finished, then I will make my recital.”

A pau ka laua pili ana, akahi no a haawaiia aku ka malo a me ke kapa o Lonoikamakahiki. I aku o Kakuhihewa: “Ia oe mua; e hana mai oe i kou inoa, a pau hoi kau hana ana, alaila, ia makou aku.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ia oukou paha mua, i ka poe lawe wale i ka inoa o kekahi; no oukou iho la ka hoi ia inoa; a o ke akaka ia o ko oukou inoa. A pau hoi ka oukou, alaila, ia’u aku.”

Because of this argument advanced by Lonoikamakahiki, Kakuhihewa agreed that they make the first recital of the chant taught them by Ohaikawiliula. Following is the chant that caused the dispute:

A no ka Lonoikamakahiki olelo ana aku ia Kakuhihewa pela, alaila, lilo mua ae la ia Kakuhihewa ka hana mua o ke mele a lakou i ao ai me Ohaikawiliula. A eia malalo iho ua wahi mele la a laua e hoopapa nei:

It is the mirage23 of Mana.

It is as though following behind.

The water is following,

The water of Kamakahou is following;

The water that is not water,

The mirage of Mana.

Like the sea is the water,

Like the water is the sea,

Like the sea is the water of Kamakahou.

The sugar-cane trash from my eating was cast away.

After I had gone beyond

I failed to recognize.

What was seen behind, again appears in front.

The Iliau24 has wilted in the sun

[As] the plentiful dew of the morning.

Passed are the emblems of the god of the year,25

Gone to bury the dead

[On] the barren sands of Nonohili.

The coconut grove bends low seaward of Pokii,

In reverence to [the god] Makalii.

O Kealialia liu o Mana.

Ke uhai la no.

Ke uhai la ka wai,

Ke uhai la ka wai a Kamakahou;

Wai alialia,

Wai o Mana.

Me he kai la ka wai,

Me he wai la ke kai,

Me he kai la ka wai a Kamakahou.

O ka aina-ko a’u i ai a kiola haalele.

Hoi aku a mua

Hoohewahewa mai.

Hoi ana i ke kua, i ke alo.

O ka iliau loha i ka la

Puolo hau kakahiaka.

Hele ke alia o Aliaomao,

Hele kanu kupapau,

O ke kaha i Nonohili.

Halala na niu i kai o Pokii,

Hoakua wale la o Makalii.

“There, that is the chant in honor of our name. Now it is your turn.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “The chant is not yours, it is mine.” Kakuhihewa said: “We will know it is your chant, without any doubt, after you have recited it.” Lonoikamakahiki then began the recital of the chant, first taking the chant in his own name as taught him by Hauna, and at the end he added on the chant taught him by the chiefess from Kauai. Following is the chant in full: [284]

“Aia la, holo ko makou inoa, a ia oe hoi.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole no oukou ka inoa, no’u ka inoa.” I aku la o Kakuhihewa: “O ke akaka ia o kou inoa ke hana mai oe.” Alaila, hana aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i kona inoa ponoi a Hauna i ao mai ai ia ia, a hoohuipu aku la me ke mele a ka wahine o Kauai i ao mai ai ia laua, e like me malalo iho: [285]

Kahikahonua to Elekaukama,

Halalakauluonae,

Nanamakaikaeleua,

Mahehaluakama,

Laloia, Laloae Kama.26

Cling perseveringly to the breast

Of Kukulu of Halaaniani.

Falling hither, falling thither,27

Falling in the time of Kama,28

The base of the sky, Kama,

The base of Kuami

Paepaeilani

Kekupuaiawaawa

In the time of Hakiawihi Kama

Hakekoai, O Lono.

Opuukahonua, Kamakalewa,

Noiaku Kamahuola,29

Peu and Kiha,

The base of Kama,

Haena and Koenamimi.

Young is the offspring of Lonokaeho.30

Who art thou?

It is Kakaeke,

Hanakaeke,

Nanakaeke,

Paakaeke,

Maakake.

That is the bag that will bring fame,

That is the bag, the bag of—31

Two—

There are two Honokeana Keana;

There are two caves of Opihi;

There are three Kahana;

Two Mailepai;

Two Honokawai;

Kawailua;

Kekaa making the third.

There are four Mahinahina

On the top32 of Alaeloa.

There are four lands containing Hono:33

Honokahua,

Honolua,

Honokohau,

Honopou;

That makes four lands containing Hono.34

The fifth is Kahakuloa,

Kahakuloa makes the sixth,

Makalina makes the eighth,

Waihee makes the ninth,

The ninth is Honokea,35

Of the divisions in Wailuku.

The tenth.

One is Koolau,

One is Wailuku,

One is Paie,36

One is Kahookuli in going.

Two—

Two stand up.

Two—

Two sit down.

Two—

Two are inclining against Keaahala.

Two—

Two Nuailua.

Three—

Three Makaiwa.

Three—

Three foundations.

Four—

Four Waipio.

Four—

There are four in the uplands of Halehaku.

Five—

There are five Pauwela.

Five—

Five Huleia.

Five—

There are five people

Chasing each other on the lonely coast of Paie.

The one in the lead is the seventh.

There are seven Pulehu,

There are seven Mana,

The Ohia of Paukauwila is the seventh.

There are ten—

There are ten of Lele.

There are ten—

There are ten of Molokai. [286]

There are ten—

There are ten of Lanai.

There are ten—

There are ten of Kanaloa Kahoolewa,37

The foundation, the joining together of the isles.

They join and hug like lovers.

Scrape away, scrape away.

There is Hilo

Thatching,

Ridging;

There is your lover

Passing by.

The mouth is closed,

The hand beckons,

The eyes also beckon,

Else he will be ashamed

And weep at

The quiet cliffs.

Water is on Oahu,

It shows there above.

Kaunuohua is low

Like a crawling hill at Nihoa.

That cliff,

This cliff,

That fence of wood.

The great one there below,

He sits;

He sits, he stands,

He points, he sticks out his tongue,

Kukahaulani.

He has the eyes of a bird,

Head of a bird,

Beak of a bird,

Tongue of a bird,

Neck of a bird,

Breast of a bird,

Wing of a bird,

Body of a bird,

Leg of a bird,

Thigh of a bird,

Tail of a bird,

Knee of a bird,

Feet of a bird,

Claws of a bird,

Feathers of a bird,

Neck of a bird,

Crop of a bird,

Liver of a bird,

Intestine of a bird.

Since you are a small bird,

Out you must go

In the upland wilderness,

For such is the way you dwell in Kona.

And catch the spawn of the Ii

And carry the spawn of Keaau.

O thou Hanalei!

Hanalei, the source of the rains,

Made low from carrying such a burden,

Who has stood on the hill top

Whose shadow has reached the bottom.

They are greatly wearied by the roughness [of the sea].

Lift up the canoe,

Let the people get aboard

With the probing sticks,

With the binding ropes,

With the floaters.

Get aboard, paddle away, get on.

The canoe master is aboard;

It is Lelepahu of Hawaii;

It is the large Hawaii of Kane;

It is Hilo of Kane of Kapu;

It is Hilo with the high cliffs;

It is Ku, the Lehua-eater;

The bosom companion of Kalalea and others who dwell there.

Who dwell there.

The house stands in Kona,

The front faces Koolau,

The wall faces Tahiti.

The posts were from Halawa

In Kauhuhu of Pele, of Peue.

Molokai is the back,

Lanai the front.

What is Molokini?

Wailuku is the locality of flying clouds.

What is broad Kula?

It is open upland.

Kaluanui of Kaluanui,

It stands by the twin hills,

The palm houses38 of Kane

Which were thatched for me at Auwahi. [288]

The potatoes of Puukamaele,

Of Kipapai, of Honokaupu,

Of the Oopu39 of Waikolu.

I am going home to partake of some food.

The kala40 shall be my fish

Until satisfied.

It is a fish sacred to my god.

Let the canoe enter

At Kaluakoi,

The barren coast of Puumomi,

At the entrance of Wailau,

Of Umipiilani.

It is the mirage of Mana;

It is as though following behind;

The water is following;

The water of Kamakahou is following;

The water that is not water,

The mirage of Mana.

Like the sea is the water,

Like the water is the sea.

The sugar-cane trash from my eating

Was cast away, left behind, forgotten.

After I had gone beyond

I failed to recognize.

What was seen behind, again appears in front.

The Iliau has wilted in the sun

[As] the plentiful dew of the morning.

What was seen behind, again appears in front

Of Laauhaele.

Passed are the emblems of the god of the year,

Gone to bury the dead

[On] the barren sands of Nonohili.

The coconut grove bends low seaward of Pokii,

In reverence to [the god] Makalii.

O Kahikahonua ia Elekaukama,

O Halalakauluonae,

O Nanamakaikaeleua,

O Mahehaluakama,

O Laloia, Laloae Kama,

O Hoopilikulo ko i ka manawa:

O kukulu o Halaaniani,

O Hanee aku o hanee mai,

O Hanee i ke au Kama.

O ka papa o ka lewa Kama,

O ka papa o Kuami,

O Paepaeilani

O Kekupuaiawaawa.

O ke au o Hakiawihi Kama,

O Hakekoai e Lono;

O Opuukahonua, Kamakalewa,

O Noiaku Kamahuola

O Peu o Kiha:

Ka papa o Kama,

O Haena Koenamimi,

Opiopio i ka ulu a Lonokaeho.

Owai o-e-?

O Kakaeke,

O Hanakaeke,

O Nanakaeke,

O Paakaeke,

O Maakaeke,

O ka eke ia ku i ka ieie;

O ka eke ia, Kaeke-a-

Elu-a—

Elua Honokeana Keana,

Elua ana Opihi,

Ekolu Kahana,

Elua Mailepai,

Elua Honokawai,

O Kawailua,

I kolu ia Kekaa.

Eha la Mahinahina,

O ka luna i Alaeloa.

Eha la Aina hono,

O Honokahua,

O Honolua;

O Honokohau,

O Honopou,

Aha la aina hono,

Alima la ia Kahakuloa:

O Kahakuloa la aona,

O Makalina la awalu,

O Waihee la aiwa,

Aiwa i Honokea,

O na Mahele i Wailuku.

Ka umi—

Kahi Koolau-e,

Kahi Wailuku-e,

Kahi Paie,

Kahi Kahookuli ke haele:

Elua—

Elua ku mai,

Elua—

Elua noho ae,

Elua—

Elua Pili wale i Keaahala,

Elua—

Elua Nuailua,

Ekolu—

Ekolu Makaiwa,

Ekolu—

Ekolu Papa,

Eha—

Eha Waipio,

Eha—

Eha ka uka i Halehaku

Elima—

Elima Pauwela,

Elima—

Elima Huleia.

Elima—

Elima na kanaka,

Alualu o ke kaha wale i Paie,

He oi ahiku,

Ehiku Pulehu,

Ehiku Mana,

Ehiku ka ohia i Paukauwila:

He umi—

He umi o Lele;

He umi—

He umi o Molokai: [287]

He umi—

He umi o Lanai:

He umi—

He umi o Kanaloa Kahoolewa,

Ka hono ka hookui o na moku,

O kana Puiki ae ka ipo aloha,

Kope ae kope ae:

Aia Hilo-la—

Ke ako mai la—

Kaupaku mai la,

Aia ko ipo-la

Ke hele ae la

Kalaau ka waha-e,

Peahi ka lima-e

E kunou na maka,

O hilahila iala,

Ai wale i na

Kilou pali-e

Wai Oahu-e.

Ahu mai la i luna

Haahaa o Kaunuohua,

He puu kolo i Nihoa:

Kela pali-e,

Keia pali-e,

Palaau-e

Ka hiwa i lalo-e.

A noho—

A noho e Ku,

Kuhi ua palu-e

Kukahaulani

Makaku manu-e,

He poo manu-e;

A he nuku manu-e,

He alelo manu-e,

Ai manu-e,

Umauma manu-e,

Eheu manu-e,

A he kino manu-e,

Uha manu-e,

He ka manu-e,

Puapua manu-e,

He kuli manu-e,

Wawae manu-e,

Maiuu manu-e,

He hulu manu-e,

Kaniai manu-e,

A he puu manu-e,

He ake manu-e,

Naau manu-e.

Ka ua manu iki,

Hele oe i waho

I ka uka nahele,

I noho i Kona nei:

I ke kaee pua o ke ii,

Ka hapai pua o Keaau:

O Hanale-i—

O Hanalei kumu a ka ua,

I amo a haahaa:

I ku i luna o ka puu,

I hala ilalo ka malu,

Ikiiki na hoa, manaka ino-e.

E hapai ka waa

E ee aku kanaka,

Me na houhou,

Me na nakinaki,

Me na lanalana,

Ee aku, hoe ako, kau aku,

Ua kau ke aia waa,

O lelepahu, o Hawaii.

O Hawaii nui a Kane,

O Hilo a Kane a Kapu,

O Hilo a ka pali,

O Ku ai lehua:

Hoa aloha wale o Kalalea ma e noho mai la,

E noho mai la

I ku i Kona ka hale,

I Koolau ke alo,

I Tahiti ka paia,

I Halawa ka pou,

I Kauhuhu a Pele, a Peu-e.

He kua o Molokai

O Lanai ke alo;

He aha Molokini?

Kahua aolelo Wailuku-e,

He Aha Kula-loa?

Kaupaku Lanakila.

Kaluanui o Kaluanui,

Ke ku la i na puu mahoe;

Na hale loulu a Kane,

I ako no’u i Auwahi. [289]

Ka uala o Puukamaele,

O Kipapai o Honokaupu.

O ka Oopu o Waikolu,

E hoi ana wau e ai,

He kala kuu ia e ai ai

A maona.

He ia pa ia na kuu akua;

Hookomokomo ka waa

O Kaluakoi,

O ke kaha wale i Puumomi,

Hoomo Wailau

O Umipiilani.

O Kealialia liu o Mana.

Ke uhai la no.

Ke uhai la ka wai,

Ke uhai la ka wai a Kamakahou;

Wai alialia,

Wai o Mana.

Me he kai ka wai,

Me he wai ke kai,

O ka aina-ko a’u i ai.

Kiola haalele poina,

Hoi aku a mua

Hoohewahewa mai.

Hoi ana i ke kua, i ke alo.

O ka Iliau loha i ka la

Puolo hau kakahiaka.

Hoi ana i ke kua i ke alo:

O Laauhaele,

Hele ke alia o Aliaomao,

Hele ae kanu kupapau,

O ke kaha i Nonohili.

Halala na niu i kai o Pokii,

Hoakua wale la o Makalii.

One can here follow on with the portion of the chant that remains. It is also a chant in honor of the name of Lonoikamakahiki, which is the one that Lanahuimihaku heard, and it is often added to the chant taught them by Ohaikawiliula.

Ma keia wahi, e hookomo iho i ke mele i koe, he wahi inoa no no Lonoikamakahiki, a oia ke mele i lohe ai o Lanahuimihaku, a oia ke mele i kamau ia mai maluna o ke mele a laua i ao ia ai e Ohaikawiliula.

When Lonoikamakahiki was repeating the chant which Ohaikawiliula had taught Kakuhihewa, Kakuhihewa saw that Lonoikamakahiki knew it, so he said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Say, I see that Lonoikamakahiki knows of this chant?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied, saying to Kakuhihewa: “Yes, we see that he does. We lived with him while in Hawaii, but he had no chant of this kind. It is possible, however, that a canoe has gone to Hawaii without touching here and the chant was carried to Hawaii in that way.”

I kela manawa a Lonoikamakahiki e heluhelu ana i kela mele a Ohaikawiliula i ao ai ia Kakuhihewa ma, a ike aku la ua loaa kela mele ia Lonoikamakahiki, i aku la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “E! Ua loaa hoi ha kela mele ia Lonoikamakahiki?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ia Kakuhihewa: “Oia paha, no ka mea, noho wale mai nei no makou i Hawaii aole ona inoa penei. Malia paha ua holo ae kekahi waa ma ka moana ae, a Hawaii, ao mai nei i keia mele.”

After Kakuhihewa was beaten by Lonoikamakahiki, Kakuhihewa ordered all the people to get out of the house and thus leave the house to Lonoikamakahiki, the king of Hawaii, who had won. When this order was given Lonoikamakahiki was standing just outside of the door with a war club in his hands. As soon as the order was given to vacate the house the men immediately proceeded to go out; but as soon as the first party started out they were killed by Lonoikamakahiki. When the people saw this they retreated back into the house for they were afraid of being put to death by Lonoikamakahiki. When Kakuhihewa saw the people coming back into the house he asked: “Why are you people coming back? Don’t you know that we have to get out and leave the house to Lonoikamakahiki?” The people replied: “Don’t you know that you made a foolish bet? Such and such persons have been killed by Lonoikamakahiki. Here you have made a wager whereby we are to be killed.”

I ka manawa i eo ai o Kakuhihewa ma ia Lonoikamakahiki, alaila, kena ae la o Kakuhihewa i na kanaka a pau o loko o ka hale, e puka i waho a koe iho ka hale no ke alii o Hawaii no Lonoikamakahiki. Ia manawa, e ku ana o Lonoikamakahiki ma ka puka o ka hale ma ka aoao mawaho, me ka laau palau. Ia Kakuhihewa i kena ai i na kanaka e hele, ia manawa, puka aku la na kanaka i waho; aia nae ua make mai la ka poe mua ia Lonoikamakahiki. A no keia mea, kuemi hou na kanaka i loko o ka hale, no ka mea, ua makau aku la i ka make mai ia Lonoikamakahiki. A no ia hoi hope ana mai o na kanaka mai waho mai o ka hale, ninau aku o Kakuhihewa, me ka i aku: “Heaha ka hoi ka mea i hoi hou mai ai na kanaka i loko nei? Kai noa he hele aku ko kakou, a waiho iho ka hale nona?” I aku la na kanaka: “Heaha mai ka kau, o kau pili ino ana iho nei; o mea a me mea, ua make aku la ia Lonoikamakahiki. Eia ka i pili aku nei oe e make makou.”

When Kakuhihewa heard this from the people, he said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Say, is this true?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion then replied: [290]“Yes, it is true, because when you offered to wager your lands until there remained but a very small portion of Oahu he refused and would not wager his feather kahili for all the land you offered; but he accepted instead the inside of this house. He took this offer because of yourself the king, and your people, in order to kill us. We are beaten. You had better cry out to the king for mercy, and that we be saved.” Kakuhihewa then called out: “Say, King of Hawaii, have mercy! You have won.”

A lohe o Kakuhihewa i keia leo, alaila, olelo aku la oia ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Ea! He oiaio kela olelo?” I aku o ua o Lanahuimihaku ma: “Ae, he oiaio, no ka [291]mea, pili aku nei kakou i ka aina, a he puni wale ae no koe o Oahu nei, aole kela i ae mai e pili i ko iala kahili, nolaila pili mai nei kela ia loko o ka hale nei; i pili mai kela nou no ke alii a me na kanaka, o ka pau no i ka make. Eo aku la kakou. Kahea ia aku ua alii la, e ola kakou.” Alaila, kahea aku la o Kakuhihewa: “E ke alii o Hawaii e! E ola. Ua eo ia oe.”

When Lonoikamakahiki heard this call for mercy, together with the cries of the people, he desisted and allowed the people to get away, and in the name of his regularly accepted law, “Mercy has rendered the law useless,” he withheld his hand and would not attack the people further. This was the beginning of the many hoopapa contests of Lonoikamakahiki.

A lohe o Lonoikamakahiki i keia olelo, a me ka leo kahea maloko mai, alaila, hooko ae la oia aole e luku aku e like me kana noonoo mua ana, a ma ka inoa o kona kanawai mau, “Kai Okia Kanawai,” nolaila, aole he luku hou ana a Lonoikamakahiki i koe. A oia no hoi ka hoomaka mua ana o ka Lonoikamakahiki hoopapa ana.

CHAPTER VI.

The Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Contests, and the Arrival of Kaikilani.

MOKUNA VI.

Ka Hoopapa Alua ana, Akolu, Aha, ame ka Lima, ame ka Hiki ana Mai o Kaikilani.

After this defeat of Kakuhihewa by Lonoikamakahiki, Lanahuimihaku and his companion then said to Kakuhihewa: “Say, Kakuhihewa, since we have been beaten by the king of Hawaii in this contest, let this be his victory. Our idea is this: we think it a good plan that we go out fishing. It is more than possible that the king of Hawaii can be enticed to follow us out, and if he does, and he gets excited over the sport, he will surely ask us for hook, line and bait; then we will shame him, for he is a king without any knowledge of the art of fishing. If this can be done we will be able to defeat him, and you will then get his feather kahili.”

Mahope iho o keia eo ana o Kakuhihewa ma ia Lonoikamakahiki, alaila, olelo aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma ia Kakuhihewa, me ka i aku: “E Kakuhihewa, he nani ia ua eo ae nei kakou i ke alii o Hawaii ma keia pili ana; o kana eo hoi ia. O ko maua manao, e pono ia kakou ke holo i ka lawaia, malia holo ae mahope o kakou. A ina e holo ae, a malia o lealea ua alii nei o Hawaii i ka lawaia, a noi ae paha i makau, i aho, i maunu; ia manawa oia e pakike ia aku ai. Eia la he alii ike ole i ka lawaia; alaila ma ka lawaia oia e eo ai ia kakou, o ka lilo ka hoi ia o kona kahili ia oe.”

Because of this, Kakuhihewa made up his mind to agree to this proposition expressed by Lanahuimihaku and his companion, so all doubts were removed from his mind as to his ability to win the feather kahili, and being easily led by Lanahuimihaku and his companion, Kakuhihewa of course consented. It was a common thing with Kakuhihewa to give in to the wishes of the two men, for he had the most implicit confidence in them.

A no ia mea, hooholo ae la o Kakuhihewa i kona manao ae, mamuli o ka Lanahuimihaku ma olelo, me ke kanalua ole, no ka mea, o na mea a pau a Lanahuimihaku ma e olelo ai, malaila wale no o Kakuhihewa e hilinai ai.

On the morning of the day after, Kakuhihewa and his men made ready the double canoe and set out for the fishing grounds for a day of fishing. The fishing grounds they decided to go to that day were the ones called Akaka, directly out of Kailua, at a point from which Kahuku in Koolauloa and Mokuoniki on the east of Molokai could be seen.

I ke kakahiaka o kekahi la ae, hoomakaukau ae la o Kakuhihewa ma i na waa, a holo aku la i ka lawaia ma ke koa lawaia i oleloia o Akaka, mawaho pono aku o Kailua, ma kahi e ike aku ana ia Kahuku, ma Koolauloa, a me Mokuoniki ma ka aoao hikina o Molokai.

When Lonoikamakahiki saw Kakuhihewa setting out for the purpose of fishing, he turned and said to his retainer, Loli: “I think it a good idea that we follow Kakuhihewa and his companions and look on while the king of Oahu does his fishing.” Loli replied to his ward: “You must not urge us to follow out to watch the fishing, for if you get stubborn I will get killed, because you do not know how to fish.” To this Lonoikamakahiki said to Loli: “Why should you get killed without any cause?” The attendant replied: “Here is the reason why I shall be killed: after we get to the fishing grounds you will see Kakuhihewa and his companions hauling in the fish, [292]and you will get excited over the sport and will have a desire to do some fishing yourself. Because of that desire you will ask for hook and line, and they will refuse and insult you with such expression as this: ‘Where have you been that you should come here unprepared?’ Therefore you will be ashamed; and this will cause my death.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “Why should they refuse to give me hook and line? Only the ignorant will refuse to give hook and line.” The attendant said: “Yes, that would be the proper way of reasoning if things were right between you, but as things stand now they do not think well of you, for you have beaten them, and for this reason they will refuse giving you what you ask.” But with all this advice given by his attendant the king’s desire to go out was not abated; in fact, the desire became stronger, and Lonoikamakahiki finally demanded of his servant that they follow Kakuhihewa and his companions and look on while they fished.

A ike aku la o Lonoikamakahiki e holo ana o Kakuhihewa i ka lawaia, alaila olelo aku la ua o Lonoikamakahiki i ke kahu ia Loli: “E aho paha e hahai kakou mahope o Kakuhihewa ma, e makaikai aku ai i ka lawaia a ke alii o Oahu nei.” I aku la o Loli i kana hanai: “Mai une oe ia kakou e holo i kai, ina e paakiki oe o ko’u make no ia, no ka mea, aole oe i ike i ka lawaia.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki ia Loli “Heaha auanei kou kumu e make wale iho ai?” I aku la ke kahu: “Eia hoi kuu mea e make ai, o ka holo o kaua a ka moana nana aku oe i ka lawaia a Kakuhihewa ma, [293]lealea aku oe i ka lakou la huki mai i ka ia. A nolaila, nonoi aku oe i na mea lawaia, pakike ia mai oe, me ko lakou la olelo mai: ‘I hea no hoi oe hele mai me kou makaukau?’ A nolaila hilahila oe, a oia kuu mea e make ai.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “O ke aha auanei ko lakou mea e aua mai ai ke noi aku wau i na mea lawaia? He holona paha ka mea nana e aua ke aho ame ka makau.” I aku ke kahu: “Ae, i ka manawa pono ia, no ka mea, ua pono ole ko lakou manao i ko lakou la eo ana ia oe, oia ko lakou mea e aua mai ai ia oe.” A no keia mea, aole he pio o ko ke alii manao mamuli o ka ke kahu olelo mai. A ikaika loa ae la ko Lonoikamakahiki manao holo i ka nana i ka lawaia a Kakuhihewa ma.

Because of this demand made by the king, Loli therefore said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Where art thou? Since you have become stubborn about going fishing, I want you to bear in mind what I have to say to you. After we come up to Kakuhihewa and his companions, and you should wish to do some fishing yourself after seeing Kakuhihewa haul out several fish, and if you should ask for hook and line and they should refuse and insult you, then you must kill me,41 take out my intestine and use it for a line, and my thigh bone for your hook; then take my flesh and use it for your bait, and my head you can use as a sinker; then lower the whole thing into the sea and, after giving a jerk, call out in my name as follows: ‘Say, Loli! Say, Loli, the fish without eyes!! Catch a fish for us, Loli.’ Then you will hook an ahi.”42 After giving Lonoikamakahiki these instructions they proceeded out to sea.

A no ko ke alii manao paa loa, nolaila, olelo aku la o Loli ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Auhea oe? He nani ia ke paakiki la oe i ka holo i kai; a ina holo kaua i kai, a i lealea aku oe i ka huki mai a Kakuhihewa ma i ka ia, a ina i noi aku oe i ke aho ame ka makau, a me na mea lawaia a pau, a i pakikeia mai oe, alaila, pepehi iho oe ia’u a make, lawe ae oe i kuu naau i aho nau, o kuu iwi papakole no kau makau, maunu iho oe i kuu io, a o kuu poo no kau paka, alaila, kuu iho no oe i ke kai, a kuehu ae i ka paka, alaila, kahea iho oe ma kuu inoa: ‘E, Loli e! E, Loli e, ka ia maka ole o kai! I paa ka kaua ia e, Loli.’ Alaila, mau ke ahi ia oe.” A pau keia olelo a ke kahu ia Lonoikamakahiki, holo aku la lakou i kai.

A FEW WORDS OF EXPLANATION RELATING TO LOLI AND HAUNA.

KA HOAKAKA ANA I KO LOLI ANO AME KO HAUNA.

In the first chapter of this story of Lonoikamakahiki the character of these two men, Loli and Hauna, is there told. Hauna and Loli were men who faithfully followed their religious rites and were true worshippers of the god of Keawenuiaumi, which was left in charge of Lonoikamakahiki.

Ma ka mokuna mua o keia moolelo o Lonoikamakahiki, ua oleloia malaila ko Loli ame ko Hauna ano. He mau kanaka haipule o Hauna laua me Loli, ma ka inoa o ke akua o Keawenuiaumi a ili iho ia Lonoikamakahiki.

These two men were famous throughout the whole group because of their great supernatural powers and because of their great respect of their god, and by this respect it was supposed that they were able to perform many miracles in the name of the god of Keawenuiaumi.43 It was because of this great power that Loli was able to see the future and so instructed his king Lonoikamakahiki to kill him in order to obtain line, hook and bait.

He mau kanaka kaulana laua ma na moku a puni, no ko laua mana a me ko laua malama ana i ke akua, a he hiki ia laua ke hana i na hana mana he nui, ma ka inoa o ko Keawenuiaumi akua. A nolaila i olelo ai o Loli, e pepehi ia ia i mau mea lawaia na ke alii na Lonoikamakahiki.

HOW LONOIKAMAKAHIKI FOLLOWED TO SEE KAKUHIHEWA AND HIS COMPANIONS FISH.

KA HOLO ANA O LONOIKAMAKAHIKI E MAKAIKAI I KA LAWAIA A KAKUHIHEWA MA.

Lonoikamakahiki and his companions in due time caught up with Kakuhihewa’s canoe and together they arrived at the same fishing grounds; but Lonoikamakahiki, contrary to all rules about fishing, kept on going until his double canoe stood directly [294]at the bow of Kakuhihewa’s double canoe, where he cast off the rock that served as his anchor. This rock was a very small one for the purpose, but to prove the supernatural powers of Hauna it served the purpose as an anchor, although a strong gale came up and for a short time it blew quite fiercely. When the storm was blowing, the rock that served as an anchor for the double canoe of Kakuhihewa was unable to hold the canoe and so it was carried off to the leeward of the fishing grounds for some distance. The double canoe of Lonoikamakahiki, however, never moved a bit, and the small rock held it as though a large anchor had been used. This was because of the supernatural powers of Hauna.

Ia Lonoikamakahiki ma i holo aku ai i ka moana mahope aku o Kakuhihewa ma, ua kaulike ae la na waa o Kakuhihewa ma ma ke koa; aka, o Lonoikamakahiki, holo aku la laua, a mamua o na waa o Kakuhihewa ma, kiola ae la i kona pohaku hekau, [295]he wahi pohaku lana uuku no ia; a i mea e ike ia ai ko Hauna mana, nolaila, he makani nui ikaika kai pa iho ia manawa; he wa pokole nae o ka pa ana a ka makani, alaila, pau. Ia manawa a ka makani i puhi ai, ua hemo ae la na pohaku hekau o na waa o Kakuhihewa ma; aka, o ko Lonoikamakahiki mau waa, aole he neeu aku oia mau paa no, me he heleuma i loko o ke one. Mamuli nae ia o ka mana o ke kahu, o Hauna.

When Kakuhihewa saw how the double canoe of the king of Hawaii was held by the small mooring rock he expressed the desire of possessing it, so he immediately made up his mind to name the rock in his next wager with Lonoikamakahiki.

Ia manawa, makemake aku la o Kakuhihewa i ka pohaku hekau o ke alii o Hawaii. Alaila manao ae la oia (Kakuhihewa) o ko Lonoikamakahiki kumu pili ia e pili mai ai ia Kakuhihewa.

While Lonoikamakahiki and his companions were floating in the same place Kakuhihewa said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “What a wonderful rock the king of Hawaii must have.” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “Yes, we know of the rock that serves as the anchor of the double canoe of the king of Hawaii. We have seen several rocks like that.” Because of this answer given by Lanahuimihaku and his companion, Kakuhihewa thought he would send for one like it from Hawaii, but Lanahuimihaku and his companion said: “You cannot make use of that kind of rock, however, because your attendants do not possess supernatural powers. That rock holds that canoe because of the supernatural powers of Hauna.”

Ia Lonoikamakahiki ma e lana ana maluna o na waa, i aku la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Kupanaha ka pohaku hekau o ke alii o Hawaii.” I aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma: “Ae, ua ike maua i kela pohaku lana o ke alii o Hawaii, he nui wale ka pohaku i like me kela.” A no keia olelo a Lanahuimihaku ma, manao o Kakuhihewa e kii i pohaku nana i Hawaii. I ia aku e Lanahuimihaku ma: “Aole e pono kela pohaku, no ka mea, aole ou mana a me kou mau kahu. No ka mana o Hauna wale no ka mea i paa ai kela pohaku.”

When Lonoikamakahiki and his companions were moored directly at the bow of the double canoe of Kakuhihewa, Kakuhihewa was sore displeased, for he knew that such a thing was not considered right by all fishermen. This displeasure was so strong that he spoke of the matter and remarked that he did not at all like the way Lonoikamakahiki’s double canoe was moored. But Lanahuimihaku and his companion, however, said: “Don’t at all mind it. If the king of Hawaii has any fishing implements with him then it would be wrong.” This reply satisfied Kakuhihewa for he thought no more of the matter.

Ia Lonoikamakahiki ma e lana mai ana ma ko lakou wahi, he mea pono ole nae ia i ko Kakuhihewa manao, no ka mea, he mea mau i na lawaia, aole e pono e kauia kekahi waa mamua o kekahi waa. A nolaila i manao ai o Kakuhihewa, he pono ole ia Lonoikamakahiki ke kau mamua o na waa o lakou. I aku nae o Lanahuimihaku ma: “Mai manao oe pela. Ina he mau mea lawaia ka ua alii la o Hawaii alaila hewa io.” Alaila pau ae la ko Kakuhihewa manao ana pela.

While Kakuhihewa and Lanahuimihaku and his companion were talking, Kakuhihewa felt a fish tugging at his hook, so he said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Say, I have caught a fish. What can it be?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion said: “It must be an ulua.44 Ask the king of Hawaii what it is.” Because of this, Kakuhihewa called out: “There you are! Say, King of Hawaii, what kind of a fish have I caught?” Loli said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Tell him that it is a shark.” Lonoikamakahiki therefore replied as directed by Loli, saying: “It is a shark.”

Ia manawa a Kakuhihewa ma e kamailio ana me Lanahuimihaku ma, lou ana ka ia ia Kakuhihewa. I aku la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “E! Lou ka ia, heaha la?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ma: “He ulua. Ninau ia aku ke alii o Hawaii.” A no ia mea, kahea aku la o Kakuhihewa: “Ahaha! E, ke alii o Hawaii, he aha ka ia?” I aku o Loli ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Koho ia aku he mano.” I aku la o Lonoikamakahiki e like me ka Loli olelo: “He mano.”

Because Lonoikamakahiki had named the fish to be a shark Kakuhihewa asked of Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Is it a shark?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “It is not a shark. The king of Hawaii deceives himself. Here we have been fishing on these grounds many times and we never have caught a single shark. You also know that these fishing grounds have been dedicated to our god and [296]no shark can come here. Make a wager with him. You will for the first time beat the king of Hawaii now.”

A no ke koho ana aku a Lonoikamakahiki he mano, nolaila, ninau ae la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “He mano io anei?” I aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma: “Aole he mano, ua wahahee ke alii o Hawaii, lawaia auanei hoi kakou i keia koa a kakou e lawaia nei, he mano kekahi. Kai noa, ua hoolaaia keia koa i ke akua, aole e komo ka mano i keia koa. Piliia aku, akahi hana ana a ke alii o Hawaii e eo ai.” [297]

Because of these words of Lanahuimihaku and his companion, Kakuhihewa said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Say, King of Hawaii, we had better make a wager. If it is a shark you beat us; but if the fish I hold should prove to be an ulua, then we beat you.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “What shall our wagers be?” Kakuhihewa said: “From Leahi to the Kaena point, I will place against your mooring rock.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “It is a bet.” Kakuhihewa then pulled on his line and when the fish was almost to the surface, Kakuhihewa said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “It is a shark. We have lost to the king of Hawaii.” Lanahuimihaku and his companion then looked down and when they saw it was a shark they nodded to Kakuhihewa to let go the line so as to allow the shark to break away and in that way get rid of it before the others could see it. But Lonoikamakahiki had seen the nod and at once saw the intention of Kakuhihewa and his companions to allow the fish to break away from the line; so he called out to Kakuhihewa and the others: “Say, King of Oahu, don’t play false and allow the fish to get away by letting go of the line. If you don’t see the shark, pull it in to be certain.” Kakuhihewa was therefore forced to pull on the line and after a while they all saw plainly that it was a shark. Because of this Kakuhihewa said to Lonoikamakahiki: “You have won. It was because we were certain that no sharks came to these fishing grounds that we made the wager with you.”

A nolaila, ma ka olelo a Lanahuimihaku ma, olelo aku la o Kakuhihewa ia Lonoikamakahiki: “E ke alii o Hawaii, e pono no paha ke pili, ina no hoi he mano, ua eo makou ia oe, aka hoi he ulua ka ia e paa nei i ka makou makau, alaila ua eo oe ia makou.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “I aha ka pili?” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “Mai Leahi a hiki i ka lae o Kaena, mau i ko wahi pohaku lana.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua mau.” Alaila huki ae la o Kakuhihewa i ke aho, a i ke kokoke ana ae i luna, alaila i aku o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “He mano. Ua eo kakou i ke alii o Hawaii.” Nana ae la o Lanahuimihaku ma, a ike iho la he mano, alaila, kunou aku la o ua o Lanahuimihaku ma ia Kakuhihewa, e hookuu aku i ke aho i moku aku ai ka mano i ole ai e ike ia ae. Aka, ua ike aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kakuhihewa ma e hana ana pela, nolaila i kahea aku ai o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kakuhihewa ma: “E! E ke alii o Oahu, mai kalohe iho oe, aole ke kuu aku i ke aho o moku aku auanei ka makau. Ike ole ia aku ka mano, huki ae ka mano i akaka.” O ka huki ae la no ia o Kakuhihewa i ke aho, a ike ia ae la he mano. A no ia mea, i mai o Kakuhihewa ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua eo, no ko makou ike maoli ana he koa mano ole keia, nolaila wale no makou i pili ino aku ai.”

It was a well-known fact that no sharks were caught on these fishing grounds, as the place was dedicated to the gods, hence no sharks were supposed to get there, as the gods had charge of the place; but by the supernatural powers of Loli and Hauna the fishing grounds known to be without sharks became a place infested with them. Having won the wager, Kakuhihewa lost to Lonoikamakahiki that portion of Oahu from Leahi to Kaena point, which became the property of Lonoikamakahiki.

He oiaio he koa mano ole kela, no ka mea, ua hoomanamanaia kela koa i mua o ke akua, aole e komo mai ka mano. Aka, ma ka mana o Loli a me Hauna, ua lilo ke koa mano ole i koa mano. A eo ae la o Kakuhihewa ia Lonoikamakahiki, a lilo ae la kekahi hapa o Oahu nei ia Lonoikamakahiki, mai Leahi a Kaena.

After this had taken place the desire to take a hand at fishing overcame Lonoikamakahiki, so he said to Kakuhihewa: “Say, King of Oahu, let me have a hook, line and some bait and also a sinker.” Kakuhihewa replied: “Why did you not come prepared when you came out to fish? Did you suppose that we were to supply you with these things necessary for a fisherman?” Loli, the attendant, then said: “My king, you have been shamed. This is what I expected and therefore warned you that we had better not come out. Now, therefore, you must kill me.”

Mahope iho o keia mau mea, kupu ae la ko Lonoikamakahiki manao lealea i ka lawaia, alaila, olelo aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kakuhihewa: “E ke alii o Oahu! Homai hoi kau wahi makau, i wahi aho mai me ka maunu, a i paka mai no.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “I hea no hoi kou makaukau hele pu mai oe, o ka makou ka kau mea i manao ai, i anei kou lako?” I aku ke kahu o Loli: “E kuu alii! A, hilahila oe; kai noa o ka’u ia e olelo aku ana ia oe, aole kaua e holo mai i kai nei; a nolaila, pepehiia iho wau.”

In obedience to the former instructions of his attendant, Lonoikamakahiki proceeded to kill Loli and to make use of the different parts for his fishing apparatus, then lowered the whole thing into the sea. He then called the words taught him by Loli, saying: “Say, Loli! Say, Loli, the fish without eyes of the sea!! Catch us a fish, Loli.” At that very moment, as soon as the last word was spoken, an ahi bit his hook. As soon as he felt the bite Lonoikamakahiki called out: “Say, Kakuhihewa, what kind of a fish have I caught?” Kakuhihewa hesitated for a while, then asked of Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “What kind of a fish has the king of Hawaii caught?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “Name it a shark, because the first fish caught being a shark there must be a lot of them down below.” Because of this, and [298]in accordance with the words of Lanahuimihaku and his companion, he answered Lonoikamakahiki, saying: “It is a shark.” Lonoikamakahiki answered back: “No, you are mistaken, King of Oahu.” Kakuhihewa then asked Lonoikamakahiki: “And what do you say it is?” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “This is not a shark, it is an ahi.”

A e like me ka olelo mua a kona kahu, pepehi iho la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Loli, a hana iho la e like me ka Loli aoao ana. A kuu iho la i ke kai, a olelo iho la e like me ka Loli olelo mua: “E, Loli! E, Loli e, ka ia maka ole o kai! I paa ka kaua ia e, Loli.” Ia manawa koke no, mahope iho o ka pau ana o kana kamailio ana; mau ana ke ahi. Nolaila kahea aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “E Kakuhihewa e, heaha ka’u ia?” Noho o Kakuhihewa a liuliu olelo aku la ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Heaha ka ia a ke alii o Hawaii?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ia Kakuhihewa: “Kohoia aku he mano, no ka mea, ai ae la ka mano i ka makau mua, lalakukui aku la ka mano o lalo.” A no ia mea, e like me ka Lanahuimihaku ma olelo, pela no oia i olelo aku ai ia Lonoikamakahiki: “He mano.” I mai o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole, lalau ke alii o Oahu nei.” Ninau hou [299]aku o Kakuhihewa ia Lonoikamakahiki: “A heaha la kau?” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aole keia he mano, he ahi keia ia.”

Because of this reply made by Lonoikamakahiki, Kakuhihewa therefore asked of Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Is the fish caught by the king of Hawaii really an ahi?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “The king of Hawaii is deceiving us. Don’t you know that everybody knows that no ahi can be caught in Oahu, and that such fish can only be caught at Niihau and Hawaii fishing stations? Make a wager with him.” Kakuhihewa then called out: “Say, King of Hawaii, let us settle on a wager then. From the Kaena point to the Kaoio point as against your mooring rock.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “It is a bet.”

A no keia olelo ana aku a Lonoikamakahiki pela, alaila, ninau ae la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “He ahi io anei ka ia a ke alii o Hawaii?” I mai o Lanahuimihaku ma: “Ua wahahee ke alii o Hawaii. Kai noa ua ike no kakou aole he mau koa lawaia ahi o Oahu nei, o Niihau ame Hawaii wale no na aina koa ahi; pili ia aku.” Kahea aku la o Kakuhihewa: “E ke alii o Hawaii e! E pili no hoi paha; mai ka lae o Kaena a ka lae o Kaoio, mau i ko wahi pohaku lana.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua mau.”

As soon as the wager was settled Lonoikamakahiki pulled on the line and when the fish was almost to the surface he allowed it to pull away directly below the double canoe of Kakuhihewa and his companions. At this time Kakuhihewa and his men made out that the fish caught by Lonoikamakahiki was an ahi. As the fish was plainly seen Lanahuimihaku and his companion said to Kakuhihewa: “We are beaten by the king of Hawaii, for here it is; the fish is really an ahi.”

Alaila, ma ka pau ana o ka pili a laua, huki ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i ke aho, a kokoke e ikeia ka ia, ia manawa, ahai pono aku la ua ia nei a Lonoikamakahiki malalo pono o na waa o Kakuhihewa ma. Ia manawa ike maopopo ae la ua o Kakuhihewa ma he ahi io ka ia a Lonoikamakahiki. Alaila, i aku o Lanahuimihaku ma ia Kakuhihewa: “Ua eo kakou i ke alii o Hawaii, eia la he ahi io ka ia a ke alii.”

When the fish came up to the side of the canoe of Lonoikamakahiki, Lonoikamakahiki took a wreath of lehua blossoms and a wreath of hala, which had been made ready beforehand for this purpose, and put them around the gills of the fish, and then called out to Kakuhihewa: “Say, King of Oahu, this fish must have come all the way from Hawaii, for it is the yellow-gilled ahi of Umulau, for it is wearing wreaths of hala and of lehua.”

A pili ae la ka ia ma ka aoao o na waa o Lonoikamakahiki ma, lawe ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i ka lei lehua a me ka lei hala i hoomakaukau mua ia, a hookomo ae la ma ka api o ka ia, ma na aoao elua, a kahea aku la ia Kakuhihewa: “E ke alii o Oahu e! Mai Hawaii loa mai nei ka keia ia. O ke ahi mahaoo o Umulau, eia la ke lei mai nei i ka lei hala a me ka lei lehua.”

When Kakuhihewa heard these words of Lonoikamakahiki he, as well as those with him, was surprised and therefore asked of Lanahuimihaku and his companion, saying: “Do you two know that the ahi of Hawaii wear wreaths of lehua and hala?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “The king of Hawaii is deceiving us. Make another wager.”

A lohe o Kakuhihewa i keia olelo a Lonoikamakahiki, he mea kupanaha ia ia Kakuhihewa ma. Alaila olelo aku la, ia Lanahuimihaku ma, me ka ninau aku: “Ea, ua ike anei olua, he lei mai no ko Hawaii ahi i ka lehua a me ka hala?” I aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma: “Ua wahahee keia hana ana a ke alii o Hawaii. Piliia aku.”

In obedience to this Kakuhihewa therefore called out: “Say, King of Hawaii, let us make a wager. From the Kaoio point to Mokapu I will place against your mooring rock.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “It is a bet.” As soon as the bet was made the stern of the double canoe of Lonoikamakahiki was turned toward the double canoe of Kakuhihewa, the fish was then made fast and Lonoikamakahiki showed the wreaths to Kakuhihewa, so that he was beaten.

A ma keia olelo, alaila kahea aku la o Kakuhihewa: “E ke alii o Hawaii e! E pili. Mai ka lae o Kaoio a Mokapu, mau i ko wahi pohaku lana.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua mau.” A holo ka laua olelo, alaila, hoohuli muku ae la na waa o Lonoikamakahiki, a kamakamaka ae la i ka ia a paa, alaila, hoikeike ae la i ka lei lehua a me ka lei hala i mua o Kakuhihewa ma, a eo ae la o Kakuhihewa.

After Kakuhihewa had been beaten, Lanahuimihaku and his companion said to Kakuhihewa: “We have been beaten in all our wagers, and the island of Oahu is almost wholly gone. Now, therefore, we had better do this: let us wager the rest of the island, from Mokapu to Leahi, as against the mooring rock, and let us have a canoe race. The canoe that will reach dry land first shall be the winner. If the king of Hawaii should agree to this then we will surely win, because he has but two rowers.”

Mahope iho o keia eo ana o Kakuhihewa, olelo aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma ia Kakuhihewa: “Eo ae la kakou ma keia mau mea, a aneane pau loa o Oahu nei. Nolaila, eia ka pono; e pili aku kakou i kahi i koe, mai Mokapu a Leahi, mau i kahi pohaku lana. E heihei hoe waa, aia no o na waa e kau koke i ka maloo. Ina e ae mai ke alii o Hawaii, alaila, o ke eo no ia ia kakou, no ka mea, elua no ana mau hoe waa.”

Because of these words of Lanahuimihaku and his companion Kakuhihewa called out: “Say, King of Hawaii, let us make another wager for the rest of the island.” [300]Lonoikamakahiki then asked: “What shall we do?” Kakuhihewa replied: “Let us have a canoe race. Let the double canoe that will reach dry land first be the winner, and let that portion of the island of Oahu that is left be placed against your mooring rock.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “It is a bet.” After the bets had been made, Lonoikamakahiki said to Kakuhihewa: “You had better go on ahead.” When Lanahuimihaku and his companion heard Lonoikamakahiki ask of Kakuhihewa to proceed on ahead, they urged Kakuhihewa to order the rowers to go ahead. The order was therefore given and they started off.

A no keia olelo a Lanahuimihaku ma, olelo aku la o Kakuhihewa: “E ke alii o Hawaii, hoopauia aku kou aina i puni.” I mai o Lonoikamakahiki: “E aha kaua?” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “E heihei waa kakou, aia no hoi o na waa e kau e i ka maloo, nana ke eo; o kahi no hoi i koe a mau i ko wahi pohaku lana.” I aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua mau.” [301]

Mahope iho o ka laua pili ana, kena aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kakuhihewa: “Holo e aku mamua.” A lohe o Lanahuimihaku ma i keia huaolelo kena a Lonoikamakahiki, i aku la ia Kakuhihewa, me ka hoolale koke aku o Lanahuimihaku ma ia Kakuhihewa e olelo aku i na hoe waa e hoe. A o ka holo iho la no ia.

After Kakuhihewa and his companions had started Lonoikamakahiki ordered his rowers to partake of some food. The men then took some food. By this time Kakuhihewa and his companions were almost out of sight. When they finished their meal Lonoikamakahiki ordered his rowers, Kaiehu and Kapahi, to row away. At the order the men began to row, taking the Koolauloa way and by way of Kona and then on in toward Waimanalo. After going for some time Kakuhihewa and his men laid to and awaited for the approach of Lonoikamakahiki, thinking that when they came up nearer they would then make land.

A hala aku la ko Kakuhihewa ma mau waa; alaila, kena aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i kona mau hoe waa e paina; alaila, paina lakou. Aka o Kakuhihewa ma, ke aneane aku la e nalowale lakou mai ko Lonoikamakahiki ma mau maka aku. Ia manawa, hoolale koke ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i kona mau hoe waa elua, ia Kaiehu a me Kapahi, e hoe. Alaila o ka holo iho la no ia, ma Koolauloa ka holo ana a hiki ma Kona, a hoea ae maloko o Waimanalo. Aka, o Kakuhihewa ma, hoolana iho la lakou, me ke kali o ka hoea mai mahope o lakou, me ka manao a kokoke mai alaila hoopae loa na waa i ka maloo.

While they were waiting, Lonoikamakahiki, on the other hand, was coming inside of the Waimanalo reef and was almost at Kailua. When Lonoikamakahiki and his men were about to get to the landing place Kakuhihewa for the first time caught sight of them, so he said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “I want you two to look and see what double canoe that is that is entering the landing place.” Lanahuimihaku and his companion then looked and said: “That canoe is Lonoikamakahiki’s. We are beaten.” Kakuhihewa then said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Where did they come from?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “They must have come by way of Koolau, then by way of Waianae and Kona.” Kakuhihewa said: “I thought you said that we were to win this race; but here it is we are beaten. You two are indeed strange. Here the whole of the island is gone, all through your advice, which I have always obeyed. Now my kingdom is lost to Lonoikamakahiki.” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “We were made bold to make a request for a canoe race with the king of Hawaii because we saw we have sixteen rowers while the king of Hawaii has but two.” When Kakuhihewa lost this last wager he lost the whole of the island of Oahu to Lonoikamakahiki.

Ia manawa a lakou e kali la, aia nae o Lonoikamakahiki e holo mai ana maloko o Waimanalo, a hiki ae i Kailua. Ia Lonoikamakahiki ma e holo ae ana a kokoke i ke awa, ia manawa ko Kakuhihewa ike ana aku, alaila, olelo aku la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “E nana ae olua i keia mau waa e holo ae la maloko.” I aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma: “O Lonoikamakahiki kela mau waa, ua eo kakou.” I aku la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Mahea ae nei hoi ko lakou holo ana?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ma: “Ma Koolau ae nei a ma Waianae, a ma Kona loa ae nei paha.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “I ae hoi oe na kakou ke eo ke heihei, eia mai nei ka hoi na lakou la. Kupanaha olua; he puni wale ae no koe o ka aina; mamuli o ka olua mau olelo wale no makou e hoolohe nei, a lilo ko’u noho aimoku ana ia Lonoikamakahiki.” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ma: “I aa aku maua i ka heihei me ke alii o Hawaii, no ko maua ike iho, he umikumamaono ko kakou mau hoe waa, a elua wale no o ke alii o Hawaii.” A eo ae la o Kakuhihewa, pau loa o Oahu ia Lonoikamakahiki.

After this last wager Kakuhihewa wagered his daughter with the expectation of winning back his lands. The game they played, however, was the game of konane. Kakuhihewa was an expert at the game; in fact this was the one thing in which he excelled in all the games he had made a study of, and knowing this Kakuhihewa challenged Lonoikamakahiki. This challenge Lonoikamakahiki accepted. Lonoikamakahiki, on the other hand, was not an expert in the game of konane, for the only time he played the game was when they were staying at Kalaupapa, where he played with his cousin, his wife.

Mahope iho o keia mau mea, pili aku la o Kakuhihewa i ke kaikamahine ana, e hoi ka aina iaia, ma ke konane nae. O Kakuhihewa hoi, o ke konane kana mea oi o ke akamai mamua o kana mau hana apau i ao ai, nolaila, aa aku la o Kakuhihewa e konane me Lonoikamakahiki. A ae mai no o Lonoikamakahiki. Aka, o Lonoikamakahiki, aole oia i ao i ke konane, o kona manawa i ike iki ai, oia no kela noho ana ma Kalaupapa me kona kaikuahine wahine.

After the bets had been made the stones were placed in position. Lonoikamakahiki then said to Kakuhihewa: “You make the first move.” Kakuhihewa therefore made the first move, and Lonoikamakahiki followed with the next. Kakuhihewa made [302]another move, and Lonoikamakahiki made his. Kakuhihewa made several moves and so did Lonoikamakahiki. After this Lonoikamakahiki had his own way with the game. Of course Kakuhihewa was beaten in the first game, but since they had agreed before the start that two games must be won before the winner can claim the wager, the stones were again placed on the board and Lonoikamakahiki made the first move. In this second game Lonoikamakahiki proved to be the best player, and the game was almost won when it was stopped because of the arrival of Kaikilani at Kailua from Hawaii.

Hoomaka ae la na pili a laua a pau, alaila, kau na iliili apau, olelo aku o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kakuhihewa: “O kau lawe mua.” Nolaila, lawe ae la o Kakuhihewa i ka iliili mua, a lawe o Lonoikamakahiki, kui mai la o Kakuhihewa, a holo aku o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kakuhihewa: “O kau lawe mua.” Nolaila, lawe ae la o Kakuhihewa i ka iliili mua, a lawe o Lonoikamakahiki, kui mai la o Kakuhihewa, a holo aku o Lonoikamakahiki, a holo pu me Kakuhihewa, alaila lilo ka hauna hope ia Lonoikamakahiki. [303]Ma ia konane ana, make iho la o Kakuhihewa, a ua hooholo hoi laua i ka olelo aia a elua hauna ana, alaila eo kekahi o laua. A nolaila, kau hou ka papa konane a pau na iliili i ke kau, lilo ia Lonoikamakahiki ka lawe mua o ka iliili; a ma ia konane ana a laua, aneane no e make ia Lonoikamakahiki; ia manawa, ia laua e konane ana, hiki mai la o Kaikilani ma Kailua, mai Hawaii mai.

When the people saw a double canoe approaching they mentioned the fact and Lonoikamakahiki looked up and saw that it was Kaikilani, but not wanting to see her, in order to live up to the law laid down by him while in Molokai, after he had beaten Kaikilani, he therefore kept his face down onto the board so that he would not see her.

A ike aku la na kanaka i na waa, nana aku la o Lonoikamakahiki, a ike aku la o Kaikilani keia, alaila, aole he makemake e ike aku i ko Kaikilani mau maka, a i mea e like ai me kona kanawai i kau ai i Molokai mahope iho o kona pepehi ana ia Kaikilani, nolaila, hoolilo loa iho la o Lonoikamakahiki i kona mau maka i ka papa konane, i ole ai oia e ike aku ia Kaikilani.

Kaikilani, on the other hand, when she came ashore approached the wall surrounding the house and on coming to the railing she saw Lonoikamakahiki playing konane, with his face turned toward the inside of the house. Upon seeing Lonoikamakahiki, Kaikilani recited the chant in his honor, similar to the one that appears in Chapter V. The chant was recited by her as follows:

A o Kaikilani hoi, iaia i pae mai ai iuka, hele aku la oia a ku mawaho o ka pa, ma ka paehumu hoi, ike aku la oia ia Lonoikamakahiki e konane ana, ua huli aku ke alo iloko o ka hale. Ia manawa, hana aku la o Kaikilani i ka inoa o Lonoikamakahiki e like me ka mea i hoikeia ma ka Mokuna V. A penei kana kahea ana aku:

Kahikahonua to Elekaukama,

Halalakauluonae,

Nanamakaikaeleua,

Mahehaluakama,

Laloia, Laloae Kama.

Cling perseveringly to the breast

Of Kukulu of Halaaniani.

Falling hither, falling thither,

Falling in the time of Kama,

Kapapaokalewa Kama,

The base of Kuami

Paepaeilani

Kekupuaiawaawa

In the time of Hakiawihi Kama

Hakekoai, O Lono.

Opuukahonua, Kamakalewa,

Noiaku Kamahuaola,

Peu and Kiha,

The base of Kama,

Haena and Koenamimi.

Young is the offspring of Lonokaeho.

Who art thou?

It is Kakaeke,

Hanakaeke,

Nanakaeke,

Paakaeke,

Maakaeke.

That is the bag that will bring fame,

That is the bag, the bag of—

Two—

There are two of Honokeana Keana;

There are two caves of Opihi;

There are three Kahana;

Two Mailepai;

Two Honokawai;

Kawailua;

Kekaa making the third.

There are four Mahinahina

On the top of Alaeloa.

There are four lands containing Hono:

Honokahua,

Honolua,

Honokohau,

Honopou;

That makes four lands containing Hono.

The fifth is Kahakuloa,

Kahakuloa makes the sixth,

Makalina makes the eighth,

Waihee makes the ninth,

The ninth is Hokea,45

Of the divisions in Wailuku.

The tenth.

There are ten of Lele.

Ten—

There are ten of Molokai.

Ten—

There are ten of Lanai.

Ten—

There are ten of Kanaloa Kahoolewa,

The foundation, the joining together of the isles. [304]

They join and hug like lovers.

Scrape away, scrape away.

There is Hilo

Thatching,

Ridging;

There is your lover

Passing by.

The mouth is closed,

The hand beckons,

The eyes also beckon,

Else he will be ashamed

And weep at

The quiet cliffs.

Water is on Oahu,

It shows there above.

Kaunuohua is low

Like a crawling hill at Nihoa.

That cliff,

This cliff,

That fence of wood.

The great one there below,

He sits;

He sits, he stands,

He points, he sticks out his tongue,

Kukahaulani.

He has the eyes of a bird,

Head of a bird,

Beak of a bird,

Tongue of a bird,

Neck of a bird,

Breast of a bird,

Wing of a bird,

Body of a bird,

Leg of a bird,

Thigh of a bird,

Tail of a bird,

Knee of a bird,

Feet of a bird,

Claws of a bird,

Feathers of a bird,

Neck of a bird,

Crop of a bird,

Liver of a bird,

Intestine of a bird.

Since you are a small bird,

Out you must go

In the upland wilderness,

For such is the way you dwell in Kona.

And catch the spawn of the Ii

And carry the spawn of Keaau.

O thou Hanalei!

Hanalei, the source of the rains,

Made low from carrying such a burden,

Who has stood on the hill top

Whose shadow has reached the bottom.

They are greatly wearied by the roughness [of the sea].

Lift up the canoe,

Get aboard, paddle away, get on.

Let the people get aboard

With the sounding sticks,

With the binding ropes,

With the floaters.

The canoe master is aboard;

It is Lelepahu of Hawaii;

It is the large Hawaii of Kane;

It is Hilo of Kane of Kapu;

It is Hilo with the high cliffs;

It is Ku, the Lehua-eater;

The bosom companion of Kalalea and others

Who dwell there.

The house stands in Kona,

The front faces Koolau,

The wall faces Tahiti.

The posts were from Halawa

In Kauhuhu of Pele, of Peue.

Molokai is the back,

Lanai the front,

Molokini the thatching ropes.

Wailuku is the source of the flying clouds.

It is a broad plain where councils are held.

The ridging is Lanakila.

Kaluanui of Kaluanui,

It stands by the twin hills,

The palm houses of Kane

Which were thatched for me at Auwahi.

The potatoes of Puukamaele,

Of Kipapai, of Honokaupu,

Of the Oopu of Waikolu.

I am going home to partake of some food.

The kala shall be my fish

Until satisfied.

It is a fish sacred to my god.

Let the canoe enter

At Kaluakoi,

The barren coast of Puumomi,

At the entrance of Wailau,

Of Umipiilani. [306]

It is the mirage of Mana;

It is as though following behind;

The water is following;

The water of Kamakahou is following;

The water that is not water,

The water of Mana.

Like the sea is the water,

Like the water is the sea.

The sugar-cane trash from my eating

Was cast away, left behind, forgotten.

After I had gone beyond

I failed to recognize.

What was seen behind, again appears in front.

The iliau has wilted in the sun

[As] the plentiful dew of the morning.

What was seen behind, again appears in front

Of Laauhaele.

Passed are the emblems of the god of the year,

Gone to bury the dead

[On] the barren sands of Nonohili.

The coconut grove bends low seaward of Pokii,

In reverence to [the god] Makalii.

Dearly I love the icy waters of Malama.

Lonoikamakahiki is growing.

It is Kamakahikikaiakea

Of the plain of Kohala of Wakiu,

Of Lanikaula,

My isle of the sea.

Say, Lono,

I have recognized your back;

I have sung to you; the hearing,

The seeing is yours. Say, Lono,

Turn to me.46

O Kahikahonua ia Elekaukama,

O Halalakauluonae,

O Nanamakaikaeleua,

O Mahehaluakama,

O Laloia, Laloae Kama,

O Hoopilikuloko i ka manawa:

O Kukulu o Halaaniani,

O Hanee aku

O Hanee mai,

O Hanee i ke au a Kama.

O ka papa o ka lewa Kama,

O ka papa o Kuami,

O Paepaeilani

O Kekupuaiawaawa.

O ke au o Hakiawihi Kama,

O Hakekoai e Lono;

O Opuukahonua, o Kamakalewa,

O Noiaku Kamahuaola

O Peu o Kiha:

Ka papa o Kama,

O Haena o Koenamimi,

Opiopio i kaulu o Lonokaeho.

Owai oe?

O Kakaeke,

O Hanakaeke,

O Nanakaeke,

O Paakaeke,

O Maakaeke,

O ka eke ia ku i ka ieie;

O ka eke ia, Kaeke-a

Elu-a—

Elua ia Honokeana Keana,

Elua ana Opihi,

Ekolu Kahana,

Elua Mailepai,

Elua Honokawai,

O Kawailua,

I kolu ia Kekaa.

Eha la Mahinahina,

O ka luna i Alaeloa.

Eha la aina hono,

O Honokahua,

O Honolua;

Honokohau, Honokawai

O Honopou,

Aha la aina hono,

Alima la ia Kahakuloa:

O Kahakuloa la aono,

O Makalina la awalu,

O Waihee la aiwa,

Aiwa la Honokea,

O na mahele la i Wailuku.

He umi—

He umi o Lele;

He umi—

He umi o Molokai:

He umi—

He umi Lanai:

He umi—

He umi o Kanaloa Kahoolewa,

Ka hono ka hookui o na moku, [305]

O kana Puiki ae ka ipo aloha,

Kope ae kope ae:

Aia Hilo-la—

Ke ako mai la

Kaupaku mai-la,

Aia ko ipo-la

Ke hele ae la

Kalaau ka waha,

Peahi ka lima-e

E kunou na na maka,

O hilahila iala,

A i wale ina

Kilou pali-e

Wai Oahu-e.

Ahu mai la i luna

Haahaa o Kaunuohua,

He puu kolo i Nihoa:

Kela pali-e,

Keia pali-e,

Palaau-e

Ka hiwa i lalo-e.

A no-ho—

A noho e Ku,

Kuhiu palu-e

Kukahaulani

Makaku manu-e,

He poo manu-e;

A he nuku manu-e,

He alelo manu-e,

A-i manu-e,

Umauma manu-e,

Eheu manu-e,

He kino manu-e,

Uha manu-e,

He ka manu-e,

Puapua manu-e,

He kuli manu-e,

Wawae manu-e,

Maiuu manu-e,

He hulu manu-e,

Kaniai manu-e,

He puu manu-e,

He ake manu-e,

Naau manu-e.

Ka ua manu iki,

Hele oe i waho

I ka uka nahele,

I noho i Kona nei:

I ke kaee pua o ka Ii,

Ka hapai pua o Keaau:

O Hanale-i—

O Hanalei kumu o ka ua,

I amo a haahaa:

I ku iluna o ka puu,

I hala ilalo ka malu,

Ikiiki na hoa, manaka ino.

E hapai ka waa

Ee aku kanaka,

Ee aku, hoe aku, kau aku,

Me na houhou,

Me na nakinaki,

Me na lanalana,

Ua kau ke ala waa,

O Lelepahu, o Hawaii.

O Hawaii nui a Kane,

O Hilo a Kane a Kapu,

O Hilo a ka pali,

O Ku ai lehua:

Hoa aloha wale o Kalalea ma,

E noho mai la.

I ku i Kona ka hale,

I Koolau ke alo,

I Tahiti ka paia,

I Halawa ka pou,

I Kauhuhu a Pele, a Peu-e.

He kua Molokai

O Lanai ke alo;

He aha Molokini?

Kahua ao lele Wailuku-e,

He aha Kula-loa?

Kaupaku Lanakila.

Kaluanui o Kaluanui,

Ke ku la i na puu mahoe;

Na hale loulu a Kane,

I ako no’u i Auwahi.

Ka uala o Puukamaele,

O Kipapai o Honokaupu.

O ka Oopu o Waikolu,

E hoi ana wau e ai,

He kala kuu ia e ai ai

A maona.

He ia pa ia na kuu akua;

Hookomokomo ka waa

O Kaluakoi,

Ke kaha wale i Puumomi,

Hoomo Wailau

O Umipiilani. [307]

O Kealialia liu o Mana.

Ke uhai la no.

Ke uhai la ka wai,

Ke uhai la ka wai a Kamakahou;

Wai alialia wai o Mana.

Me he kai la ka wai,

Me he wai la ke kai,

O ka aina ko a’u i ai ai.

Kiola haalele poina,

Hoi aku a mua

Hoohewahewa mai.

Hoi ana ke kua, i ke alo.

O ka iliau loha i ka la

Puolo hau kakahiaka.

Hoi ana i ke kua i ke alo:

O Laauhaele,

Hele ae ke alia o Aliaomao,

Hele ae kanu kupapau,

O ke kaha i Nonohili.

Halala na niu i kai o Pokii,

Hoakua wale la o Makalii.

Aloha wai hau o Malama.

Ulu Lonoikamakahiki.

O Kamakahikikaiakea

O kula o Kohala o Wakiu,

O Lanikaula,

Kuu moku i ke kai.

E Lono-e,

Ma ke kua ka ike;

I na mai ke ae, ka lohe,

Ka ike e, Lono-e,

Haliu mai.

At the close of Kaikilani’s call or chant in honor of the name of Lonoikamakahiki he turned around and pretended as though it was the first time he had seen his cousin who had been standing outside of the enclosure. At sight of her, Lonoikamakahiki could scarcely contain himself, and his love for her was such that, try as he would, he could not withhold his tears; he was, however, able to refrain from crying out aloud.

Apau ka Kaikilani kahea ana mai i ka inoa o Lonoikamakahiki, alaila huli mai la o Lonoikamakahiki i hope, i nana aku ko ia nei hana, o ke kaikuahine keia ona e ku nei mawaho; ia manawa nui ae la ko Lonoikamakahiki aloha, aole nae e hiki ke hoomanawanui i kona uwe ana, aka, aole nae oia i uwe me ka leo, ma ke kulu o kona mau waimaka i ike ia ai kona uwe ana.

As his cousin had chanted in honor of his name, it was for him to respond by chanting her name; but being unable to recall the chant at that time he looked steadily at Lanahuimihaku and his companion, for he knew that these two men were familiar with the chant, and knowing this Lonoikamakahiki looked at them with the hope that they would realize his inability to recite the chant and they do it for him. But Lanahuimihaku and his companion, however, did not wish to come to his assistance, for they were supporters of Kakuhihewa.

A no ke kahea ana mai o ke kaikuahine i ko Lonoikamakahiki inoa, alaila nana pono aku la ua o Lonoikamakahiki ia Lanahuimihaku ma, no ka mea, ua makemake oia e hana aku i ko Kaikilani inoa, aka, aole he loaa, a oia ko Lonoikamakahiki mea i nana pono aku ai ia Lanahuimihaku ma, na mea i loaa ko Kaikilani inoa. Aka aole nae he makemake o Lanahuimihaku ma e hana aku i ka inoa, no ka mea, aia ma ko Kakuhihewa aoao ko laua manao nui.

After a time, however, the first four lines of Kaikilani’s chant came to his memory, and together with a few lines which he picked up Lonoikamakahiki chanted the following response to the chant in his honor:

Ia manawa, loaa ae la ia Lonoikamakahiki na lalani mua eha o ko Kaikilani inoa, a huipu ae la me na lalani mele apo wale a ua o Lonoikamakahiki, alaila haliu aku la a kahea aku la i ka inoa o ke kaikuahine ma ke mele penei:

My cliff of lehua at Kilou,

My land of lehua there below,

My man of lehua on the cliff,

Lehua of my land.

You must tell the others

That I am your cousin.

Yes—. Yes—. Yes—.

I was at that hill,

I was at this hill,

Muss up your apparel.

The cliff of lehua looked on

As I was jumping down.

Kuu pali lehua i Kilou,

Kuu aina lehua i lalo-e,

Kuu kanaka lehua i ka pali,

Lehua o kuu aina.

E i ae oe ia lakou la

He keikunane wau nou.

Ae—. Ae—. Ae—.

A kela puu wau,

A keia puu au,

Lumilumi i kou aahu.

Nana mai ka pali lehua

Owau e lehei aku ana.

When Kakuhihewa heard Lonoikamakahiki’s response to the name of his cousin, Kakuhihewa remarked: “Lonoikamakahiki is chanting somebody else’s name instead of his own.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “It is done. I am going to recite it, but I must first weep with the stranger.” [308]

A lohe o Kakuhihewa i ka hana a Lonoikamakahiki i ka inoa o ke kaikuahine, i mai la ua o Kakuhihewa: “Aia o ua o Lonoikamakahiki, ke hana ala i ko hai inoa, aole i hana mai i kona inoa.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua hana hoi; kai noa e hana aku ana, e uwe ae hoi me ka malihini.” [309]

Kaikilani then came in and kissed47 Lonoikamakahiki and they wept. Seeing that Kakuhihewa was constantly urging Lonoikamakahiki to chant the name of Lonoikamakahiki, she asked of Lonoikamakahiki: “What is it that they are constantly urging you to do?” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “They are telling me to chant my name, because Lanahuimihaku and his companion have said that I am a chief without a chant in honor of my name.” Kaikilani then said: “Let us cease weeping and do as they request.” Lonoikamakahiki then faced about and recited to the people the chant in honor of his name, while Kaikilani joined him. The chant is the one already related above.

Ia manawa, hele mai la o Kaikilani a honi i ka ihu o Lonoikamakahiki, a uwe iho la. A no ka hoolale pinepine mai o Kakuhihewa ia Lonoikamakahiki e hana i ka inoa o ua o Lonoikamakahiki, alaila, ninau aku la o Kaikilani ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Heaha kela a lakou la e olelo pinepine mai nei ia oe e hana ae?” I aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “E olelo mai ana lakou la ia’u e hana wau i kuu inoa, no ka mea, ua olelo o Lanahuimihaku ma, he alii inoa ole au.” I aku o Kaikilani: “Uoki ka uwe a kaua, hana ia aku ka lakou la koi.” Alaila, haliu aku la o Lonoikamakahiki a kahea aku la imua o ka aha i kona inoa, a hana pu aku la no hoi me Kaikilani. Oia kela mele maluna ae.

At the close of the chant by Lonoikamakahiki and Kaikilani, Lonoikamakahiki then said to Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “You two men are the worst of any I have known.48 If during my visit here I shall get a hold of this island of Oahu, I will cut you to pieces while alive.49

A pau ka Lonoikamakahiki ma hana ana i ua inoa nei ona, alaila, olelo aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “He oi olua o na kanaka lapuwale nui wale. No’u paha auanei ka noho a lilo ia’u keia moku o Oahu nei, koli ola ia olua e a’u.”

CHAPTER VII.

The Dispute Between Kakuhihewa and Lonoikamakahiki About Hauna.

MOKUNA VII.

Ka Hoopapa Hou Ana o Kakuhihewa me Lonoikamakahiki no Hauna.

The dispute between the king of Oahu and the king of Hawaii which ended in a contest, spoken of in this chapter, was the last one engaged in by the two, after which Lonoikamakahiki and Kaikilani returned together to Hawaii.

O ka hoopapa ana a ke alii o Oahu me ke alii o Hawaii, i olelo ia ma keia mokuna, o keia ka laua hoopapa hope loa, a hoi pu aku la o Lonoikamakahiki me Kaikilani i Hawaii.

The cause of this dispute was entirely about Hauna. It came about in this wise: After Lonoikamakahiki had acquired Oahu through their former contests, Kakuhihewa begged of Lonoikamakahiki to restore to him the island of Oahu, going about it in a way as though he still owned the island, saying: “Say, King of Hawaii, I think you had better restore back to me the lands you have won and let our former wagers be done away with. I think you ought to propose another contest between us, and in case you should beat me in the new contest then the whole of Oahu shall be yours, including the men of high rank and those of the low rank.”

O ke kumu o keia hoopapa, no Hauna wale no; no ka mea, mahope iho o ka lilo ana o Oahu ia Lonoikamakahiki ma na pili mua ana, ua noi mai o Kakuhihewa ia Lonoikamakahiki, e hoihoi hou o Oahu iaia; a penei ka Kakuhihewa olelo: “E ke alii o Hawaii, e aho e hoihoi ka aina ia’u, a e hoopau kela pili mua, ame kela eo mua ana. E noonoo hou mai oe i kumu hoopapa hou na kaua, a ina e eo wau ma ke kumu hoopapa hope, alaila, lilo pau loa o Oahu nei ia oe, mai kanaka nui a kanaka liilii.”

This request for a new contest, made by Kakuhihewa, was really the wish of Lanahuimihaku and his companion, for they had heard the remark made by Lonoikamakahiki that they would be put to death by being cut to pieces. This is the reason why Lanahuimihaku and his companion had urged Kakuhihewa to beg of Lonoikamakahiki for a new contest. To this request made by Kakuhihewa, Lonoikamakahiki did not give a subject for their contest.

O keia olelo ana a Kakuhihewa pela, no Lanahuimihaku ma, no ka mea, ua olelo o Lonoikamakahiki, e koli ola ia Lanahuimihaku ma. A oia wale no ke kumu i olelo aku ai ua o Lanahuimihaku ia Kakuhihewa, e noi aku ia Lonoikamakahiki e imi hou i kumu hoopapa; aka, aole nae o Lonoikamakahiki i hai aku i kumu hoopapa na laua.

Shortly after this, however, Lonoikamakahiki took up his calabash, which contained his personal effects as well as other things, and placed it in front of him, and then said to Kakuhihewa: “Say, King of Oahu, this calabash is filled with the bones of the chiefs who were killed in the battle on the top of Puumaneo, because there were six district chiefs that were slain by my father and their bones are in this calabash.” [310]

Aka, mahope koke iho oia wa no, lawe ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i kona hokeo a ku imua o kona alo, a olelo aku la ia Kakuhihewa: “E ke alii o Oahu nei, o keia hokeo la, ua piha i ka iwi o na ’lii i make i ke kaua i luna o Puumaneo, no ka mea, eono alii aimoku i make i ke kaua a kuu makuakane e waiho nei i loko o ka hokeo.” [311]

Kakuhihewa upon hearing this said: “How you deceive! Who has taught you that that calabash could ever hold the bones of six chiefs?” Lonoikamakahiki said: “I say it. Tomorrow my foster-father Hauna will arrive and he will tell you people about the matter.” Kakuhihewa then said to him: “And who has brought you word that Hauna is to arrive tomorrow?” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “I, myself, say so because of my knowledge.” Kakuhihewa then asked of Lanahuimihaku and his companion: “Say, are the words spoken by the king of Hawaii true, that he can see the future and that Hauna is to arrive tomorrow?” Lanahuimihaku replied: “It is a lie; he has no knowledge of the future. We were the two men who were able to tell him of the future from the time of his father, and this Hauna, who is living on Hawaii, and the attendant whom he killed when we were out fishing were the only men who could tell of the future; but the king there knows nothing at all about the matter.” Kakuhihewa then again asked: “Is it true that Hauna is going to arrive here tomorrow?” Lanahuimihaku and his companion replied: “It is not true. Make a wager with him.”

Olelo aku la o Kakuhihewa: “Wahahee wale! Owai kai ao mai ia oe, he pau na ’lii eono iloko o na hokeo?” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Owau no. Aia apopo hiki mai kuu makuakane o Hauna, nana e hai aku ia oukou.” I aku o Kakuhihewa: “A nawai mai nei hoi na olelo au e puka mai ana o Hauna i ka la apopo?” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Na’u no, a na kuu ike.” Ia manawa ninau ae la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Ea, he oiaio anei kela a ke alii o Hawaii e olelo mai la, he ike kona; a e hiki io mai ana anei o Hauna i ka la apopo?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku: “He wahahee, nawai kona ike; o maua no paha kona mau kanaka ike, mai kona makuakane mai, a o ua o Hauna e noho mai la i Hawaii; a o ke kahu no ona i pepehi ai ia kakou i kai, pau ae la no na kanaka ike; a o ua alii la ea he ole loa.” I hou aku o Kakuhihewa: “He oiaio, e puka mai ana anei o Hauna i ka la apopo?” I aku ua o Lanahuimihaku ma: “He wahahee. Piliia aku.”

Kakuhihewa then said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Say, King of Hawaii, since we have at last found a subject for another contest—the matter of the arrival of Hauna tomorrow—let us, therefore, have one.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “What have you to offer as your wager? A good contest can only be made when one has something to place as a wager.” Kakuhihewa said: “Why not let Oahu be offered as against Hawaii?” Lonoikamakahiki made answer: “When you know that I have already won Oahu you come and again offer it for a wager.” Kakuhihewa said: “You must put away such thoughts, King of Hawaii. It was the small Oahu that we wagered before, and large Oahu is still my own.” Lonoikamakahiki then replied: “It is well, then. The stakes are the island districts. Oahu containing six districts and Hawaii also containing six.” After this bet was made and agreed on, that night Hauna arrived in Kailua, and so the next morning Lonoikamakahiki said to Kakuhihewa: “Hauna has arrived on Oahu.”

I aku o Kakuhihewa ia Lonoikamakahiki: “E ke alii o Hawaii-e. He nani ia ua loaa ae la ka kaua kumu hoopapa o Hauna, o kona hiki mai i ka la apopo.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Auhea kau kumu e pili ai? I ku hoi nei mea o ka pili i ka loaa o ke kumu e pili mai ai.” I mai o Kakuhihewa: “Kai noa no hoi o Oahu nei no a mau ia Hawaii?” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Aia ka a lilo o Oahu nei ia’u, pili mai no?” I hou mai o Kakuhihewa: “Alia hoi ia manao ou e ke alii o Hawaii. Kai noa o Oahu iki ka kaua i pili iho nei, koe no o Oahu nui?” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua pono. Ma na moku okana nae ka pili, eono moku o Oahu nei, eono no hoi o Hawaii.” A holo ae la ka laua olelo, ia po iho hiki ae la o Hauna i Kailua, a ao ae, hai aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kakuhihewa: “Ua hiki ae la o Hauna eia i Oahu nei.”

When Kakuhihewa heard these words from Lonoikamakahiki, he sent out his messenger, Kuleonui, a man famous for being a very fast runner, and told him: “You must go around Oahu and look for Hauna. When you find him, kill him, and seize all his property, so that we may be able to defeat the king of Hawaii.” At this Kuleonui started on his trip around the island of Oahu; but he was unable to find Hauna. He therefore returned and reported to Kakuhihewa, saying: “I have made a circuit of Oahu but was unable to find Hauna. He has not arrived even, nor is there a canoe to be seen at sea coming this way, nor is there one hauled up on the shore; none at all.” At this Kakuhihewa began to think that he would beat Lonoikamakahiki. Kakuhihewa then went to Lonoikamakahiki and again asked him: “Has Hauna arrived?” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “He has arrived.”

A lohe o Kakuhihewa i keia olelo a Lonoikamakahiki, alaila, kena ae la oia i kana elele ia Kuleonui, he kanaka kaulana oia i ka mama, a olelo aku la: “E hele oe e nana a puni o Oahu nei, a ina i ike oe ia Hauna, alaila e pepehi iho, a hao ae i ka waiwai, i eo ke alii o Hawaii ia kakou.” Alaila holo ae la o Kuleonui a puni o Oahu nei; aole i loaa o Hauna. Hoi aku la, a olelo aku la ia Kakuhihewa: “Hele aku nei wau a puni o Oahu nei, aole i loaa o Hauna, aole no i puka mai, aole he waa holo mai ma ka moana, aole no hoi he waa hekau i ke kai, aole he waa kau i uka, he ole loa no.” Ia manawa i manao ai o Kakuhihewa, e eo ana o Lonoikamakahiki. Alaila, hele aku la o Kakuhihewa a olelo aku ia Lonoikamakahiki, me ka ninau aku: “Ua hiki mai nei anei o Hauna?” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua hiki ae la.”

When Kakuhihewa heard this from Lonoikamakahiki, he again sent Kuleonui to make another circuit of Oahu. Again Kuleonui started out and returned to the king to whom he reported, saying: “I have not found him. He has not even arrived,” repeating what he said at the other time. [312]

Lohe ae la no o Kakuhihewa i keia olelo a Lonoikamakahiki, kena hou aku la no ia Kuleonui, e holo a puni o Oahu. Alaila, holo hou aku la no, a hoi aku la, hai aku la i ke alii, me ka hoole aku: “Aole i loaa, aole no i hiki mai.” E like no me kana olelo mua. [313]

But, on the first circuit made by Kuleonui on that day, Hauna had already arrived in Kailua and was playing konane with a couple of women when Kuleonui came by, and was recognized by Hauna as a person out looking for some one, by the way he was glancing around. By this, Hauna knew that Kuleonui was a messenger and was able to conceal his identity and was in this way missed by the sharp eyes of the messenger of Kakuhihewa.

Aka, ma ke kaapuni mua ana a Kuleonui i ua la la, ua hiki mua ae o Hauna ma Kailua, e konane ana me na wahine; ike aku nae o Hauna ia Kuleonui e holo ana, me ka alawa o na maka, mao a mao, i ike aku ai oia i kona mea i hoounaia mai ai, aole nae oia i ike aku ia Hauna, aka, o Hauna kai ike mua aku ia Kuleonui, a nolaila oia i pee ai, a pakele aku la i na maka o ka elele a Kakuhihewa.

A FEW WORDS ABOUT HAUNA.

HE WAHI OLELO NO HAUNA.

While Hauna was living on Hawaii he thought he would come in search of Lonoikamakahiki, so he therefore made ready his personal effects and placed them in his canoes. The chief articles of value that Hauna placed on the canoes, however, were a large number of feather cloaks. The canoes were loaded from stem to stern with these articles. These were the only things in the canoes.

Ia Hauna e noho ana i Hawaii, manao ae la oia e imi mai ia Lonoikamakahiki, a nolaila, hoomakaukau ae la oia i na ukana a pau e hooili maluna o kona mau waa. A ka ukana nui o luna o na waa o Hauna, he ahuula. Ua hoopihaia na waa mai mua a hope i ka ahuula, a oia hookahi no ka ukana.

On this voyage from Hawaii he made land at Kailua, where he saw a couple of women playing konane with their husbands. When Hauna saw the game he knew at once by the position of the stones that the men were beaten, so he said to the women: “You two are beaten, providing I was to play you women. I know I can beat you two.” The women replied: “Here is the konane board, go ahead and play.” Hauna said: “Let us delay the game for a while until the messenger of Kakuhihewa passes by; after he passes we will continue with the game. We must, however, cover up the board with a piece of kapa; after that we can discuss as to our wagers, and when that is settled we will begin.”

Ia holo ana mai mai Hawaii mai a kau ma Kailua, ike aku la oia e konane ana elua wahine me ka laua mau kane. Ia ike ana aku a Hauna, ua honu ka papa konane, alaila, i aku o Hauna: “Ua make olua, ina owau ko olua hoa konane, make olua ia’u.” I mai ua mau wahine la: “Eia mai no hoi ka papa konane, konane mai.” I aku o Hauna: “Alia kakou e konane, aia a hala aku ka elele a Kakuhihewa, alaila, konane kakou; e pono nae ke uhi i ke kapa ka papa konane, alaila, olelo ka pili mamua, a holo, alaila konane.”

After Kuleonui had passed the place the bet was discussed and agreed on in the following manner: the women said to Hauna: “We have nothing to offer on our side excepting ourselves. If you beat us in this present unfinished game you can take us as your property.” Hauna then said: “I have two double canoes filled with things that are valuable; the chief articles of value on the canoes, however, are a large number of feather cloaks. If you two beat me, you two shall have the goods in the canoes together with the men on board.” The women replied: “It is a bet.” Hauna then said: “Let me make the first move.”

A hala aku la o Kuleonui, olelo ae la lakou no ka pili, a hooholo ae la lakou. A penei ka pili ana. Olelo mai na wahine ia Hauna: “Aole a maua kumu e ae e pili aku ai, o na kino wale no o maua, a ina no hoi ua make maua ia oe ma ka hauna o ka papa mua, alaila, lilo no hoi maua nau.” I aku la o Hauna: “He mau waa kaulua ko’u elua, ua piha i ka waiwai; o ka waiwai nui nae o luna, he ahuula, a ina i make wau ia olua, no olua ka waa ame ka ukana o luna apau, a me na kanaka pu o luna.” I mai la na wahine: “Ua mau.” Olelo aku la o Hauna: “Ia’u ka uhau mua i koe.”

It was a fact that before the game was continued, and before the bets were settled and the board covered with the piece of kapa, Hauna knew very well that he was beaten; but upon seeing Kuleonui it gave him an excuse to propose that the board be covered over until the messenger of Kakuhihewa passed by. According to his request the board was covered over. But when the kapa was removed, in order to continue the game, Hauna caught up some of the stones which gave the women the best advantage with the kapa. Hauna then made the first move and after a few more moves the women were beaten. At this he said: “I have won you two.” The women replied: “We have husbands of our own and we cannot see how we can straighten out this difficulty.” The husbands of the two women replied: “You two had better not consider us, because you made your own bet and have lost it yourselves.” The husbands then said to Hauna: “You can take the women as your own property, for you have won them; they were not staked by others; they made the bet themselves.” [314]

He oiaio, ma ko lakou hahau mua ana, mamua o ko lakou pili ana, a me ka uhi ana i ke kapa, ua maopopo ia Hauna e make ana oia; aka, no ka ike ana aku ia Kuleonui, nolaila, oia i olelo ai, alia e uhau a hala aku ka elele a Kakuhihewa, e uhi ia ka papa i ke kapa. Aka i ka hoomaka ana e lawe ae i ke kapa, lilo pu ae la me ka iliili a na wahine i ike ai he maikai, ma ka lima o Hauna. Alaila, hahau ae la o Hauna, a make iho la na wahine. I aku la o Hauna: “Ua lilo olua ia’u.” I aku ua mau wahine nei: “He mau kane ka maua, pehea la auanei maua e pono ai?” I aku na kane: “Aole a olua olelo kuhikuhi no maua, no ka mea, ua lilo olua.” Alaila kahea ae la na kane a ua mau wahine la ia Hauna: “Lawe ia na wahine nau, ua eo ia oe, no ka mea, aole na hai aku ka laua mea i pili ai, na laua no.” [315]

Because of this Hauna took the women and tied them together with a loin cloth and led them to the place where the canoes were lying. Because these women were led by Hauna, the place where this act took place was given the name of Kaohao and it so remains to this day. The place is in Kailua, Koolaupoko, Oahu.

A no ia mea, lalau aku la o Hauna i na wahine a nakii ae la i ka malo i kekahi wahine ame kekahi wahine, a kauo aku la i kahi a na waa e kau ana. A no ia kauo ana o Hauna i na wahine, nolaila, ua kapaia ka inoa o kela wahi o Kaohao, ma Kailua, Koolaupoko, Oahu, a hiki mai i keia la.

The women were taken by Hauna to the canoes where he said to one of them: “This canoe shall be yours with everything in it from stem to stern, including the men. The men shall be your servants; they are not for you to sleep with. And as he had spoken to her, so in like manner he spoke to the second woman. He then left the women and proceeded to meet Lonoikamakahiki.

Hele pu aku la ua mau wahine nei me Hauna a hiki i na waa, olelo aku la i kekahi wahine: “Eia kou waa a me na ukana o luna mai mua a hope, a eia kou mau kanaka, he mau kanaka lawelawe nou; aole he mau kanaka moe aku nau.” A e like me ka olelo i kela wahine, pela no ka ia nei olelo ana i ka lua o ka wahine. A haalele iho la oia i na wahine, a hele aku la e halawai me Lonoikamakahiki.

CHAPTER VIII.

How Lonoikamakahiki Revealed the Bones of the Chiefs Killed by Keawenuiaumi.

MOKUNA VIII.

Ka Hoike ana a Lonoikamakahiki i ka Iwi o na ’Lii i Make ia Keawenuiaumi.

When Hauna went up to meet Lonoikamakahiki, Lonoikamakahiki said to him: “If you had not arrived this day I would have been cooked in the umu, for it is now ready.” Hauna replied: “You have won. Show them the bones of the chiefs killed in the battle in the time of your father, Keawenuiaumi.

A hiki aku la o Hauna a halawai me Lonoikamakahiki, i aku la o Lonoikamakahiki: “Ina e hiki ole mai nei oe i keia la, o ka pau no ia o’u i kalua, eia la ua makaukau ka umu no’u.” I aku o Hauna: “Ua eo ia oe, hoike ia aku na iwi o na ’lii i make i ke kaua i ka wa o ko makuakane o Keawenuiaumi.”

At that moment Hauna reached for the bones of the chief of Kohala, which were plaited with feathers and fastened together by netting,50 and said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Here is the chief Palahalaha, the chief of Kohala, son of Wohilani.51 He had been residing with us, and seeing how few we were, left, and at your father’s battle on Puumaneo52 died at our hands. We secured the bones and put them away in the gourd container.” At this time Lonoikamakahiki seized them and threw them in front of Kakuhihewa and began chanting:

Ia manawa, lalau ae la o Hauna i na iwi o ko Kohala alii, ua hakuia i ka hulu, ua kamaahaia a paa, a olelo aku la ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Eia keia alii o Palahalaha, ko Kohala alii, ka Wohilani keiki. Me makou no ka noho ana, a ike i ko makou uuku haalele, a i ke kaua nei a ko makuakane i luna o Puumaneo, make no ia makou, lilo na iwi ia makou, komo iloko o ka hokeo.”

Ia manawa lalau aku la o Lonoikamakahiki, a kiola aku la ma ke alo o Kakuhihewa, a kani aku la ke oli:

Level indeed

Lies Kohala,

Face down.

The fragrance is wafted to me

Of the flower of Koolau, of Moolau.

Low indeed lies Puakea,

With Kukuipahu by its side.

Here are some more!

Palahalaha wale

Ka moe a Kohala,

I lalo ke alo.

Ehuehu mai ana ia’u,

Ka pua o Koolau, o Moolau.

Kai mai ana ka waiho a Puakea,

Kakaako ana Kukuipahu.

I na mai ua mea-la!

As this bundle which Lonoikamakahiki threw reached Kakuhihewa he said to Lanahuimihaku and others: “Who is this?” Lanahuimihaku and the others said: “This is Palahalaha, the chief of Kohala, the son of Wohilani. He resided with Keawenuiaumi, and seeing how few we were, left, and at the battle of Keawenuiaumi on Puumaneo we slew him. He was also a younger brother (cousin) of Keawenuiaumi. Kohala is a beautiful country and is a large district.” [316]

I ka waiho ana o keia mea a Lonoikamakahiki i hoolei aku ai ma ke alo o Kakuhihewa, alaila, ninau, aku o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Owai keia?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ma: “O Palahalaha, o ko Kohala alii, ka Wohilani keiki; me Keawenuiaumi no kahi i noho ai, a ike i ka uuku o makou, haalele, a ke kaua a Keawenuiaumi iluna o Puumaneo make no ia makou. He kaikaina no nae no Keawenuiaumi. He aina maikai o Kohala, he moku nui no.” [317]

Then Hauna again spoke to Lonoikamakahiki: “Here is another chief, and also a younger brother (cousin) of your father’s. He also resided with us, and learning how few we were, left us and fought on the side of the rebels expecting that we would be vanquished, and at our battle on Puumaneo we killed him and stripped his bones and put them away in the gourd.”

Alaila, olelo hou aku o Hauna ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Eia hou no keia alii, he kaikaina no no ko makuakane, me makou no kahi i noho ai, a ike i ko makou uuku, haalele ia makou, hele a kipi mai ma kekahi aoao, manao e hee makou, a ke kaua a makou iluna o Puumaneo, make ia makou pau na iwi i ka holehole, komo iloko o ka hokeo.”

Lonoikamakahiki, having heard of these facts, took the bones of the chief of Hamakua, which were plaited with feathers similar to those of the chief of Kohala, and held them in his hands and, before throwing them before Kakuhihewa, began to chant:

A lohe o Lonoikamakahiki i keia olelo, alaila lawe ae la oia i na iwi o ke alii o Hamakua a paa i ka lima, ua haku ia no i ka hulu e like me ka hana ana i ko Kohala. A mamua o ko Lonoikamakahiki kiola ana aku ia mea i mua o ko Kakuhihewa alo, alaila oli aku la oia:

You have one, jump in;

You have two, jump in.

They go here and there,

The men in the rain,

The plovers about.

Listen to the raindrops of Hilo.

Canst thou dare

Eat in company?

Here are some more!53

Akahi au opu mai;

Alua au opu mai.

O Keau wale-a,

A kanaka i ka hele i ka ua,

Kiki a kolea.

He hoolono pakaua o Hilo.

He aa mai oe

E ai pu no-e?

Eia mai ua mea-la!

Placing the calabash before Kakuhihewa he asked Lanahuimihaku: “Who is this?” They answered: “This is Pumaia, the child of Wanua who was the chief of Hamakua, also a younger brother (cousin)54 of Keawenuiaumi. He lived with us, and having learnt that we were few in number, deserted, and at our battle at Puumaneo he was slain by Keawenuiaumi. We secured his bones, put them away in a gourd, and these are the bones.”

Waiho keia mea ma ke alo o Kakuhihewa. Ninau ae la ua o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Owai keia?” Alaila hai aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma: “O Pumaia keia, ke keiki a Wanua, ko Hamakua alii ia, he kaikaina no no Keawenuiaumi, me makou no ka noho ana, a ike i ko makou uuku, haalele, a i ke kaua a makou iluna o Puumaneo, make no ia Keawenuiaumi lilo na iwi ia makou, komo iloko o ka hokeo, oia na mau iwi.”

Hauna drew out the bones of another chief from the calabash and said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Here is another uncle (father) of yours, Hilohamakua, the chief of Hilo, child of Kulukulua, a younger brother (cousin) of your father. He also lived with us, and because there were so few of us left and joined the rebels on the other side, and at the battle fought on Puumaneo your father slew him, stripped his bones and put them in the gourd.” Then Lonoikamakahiki reached for it and chanted:

Lalau hou iho la no o Hauna i ka iwi o kekahi alii, mai loko ae o ka hokeo, a olelo aku la ia Lonoikamakahiki: “E! Eia hou no keia makuakane ou, o Hilohamakua, ko Hilo alii, keiki a Kulukulua, he kaikaina no no ko makuakane, me makou no kahi i noho ai, a no ko makou uuku haalele ia makou, hele a ma kekahi aoao, kipi mai, a i ka hoouka kaua a makou i luna o Puumaneo, make no i ko makuakane, pau na iwi i ka holehole, komo iloko o ka hokeo.” Alaila, lalau aku la o Lonoikamakahiki, a oli ae la:

That is Hilo! That is Hilo!

That is Hilo of the incessant rains,

The increasing rains,

The ceaseless rains of Hilo.

That is Hamakua of the steep cliffs.

The ti leaf of Kamae is tramped down,

Hamakua is indeed withered.

Here are some more!

O Hilo ia, o Hilo ia,

O Hilo ia o ka ua kina,

Ka ua kinakina,

Ka ua mao ole o Hilo;

O Hamakua ia he pali,

Pepe ka lauki o Kamae,

Kamae loa Hamakua.

Eia mai ua mea la!

Placing the bundle in front of Kakuhihewa, he asked Lanahuimihaku and others: “Who is this?” They answered: “It is Hilohamakua, Kulukulua’s child, the chief of Hilo, a younger brother (cousin) of Keawenuiaumi. He lived with us, and ascertaining how few we were, went away, and at the battle fought on Puumaneo was slain by Keawenuiaumi. His bones were stripped, put away in the container, and this is he.” [318]

Waiho ana ma ke alo o Kakuhihewa. Ninau ae kela ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Owai keia?” I aku o Lanahuimihaku ma: “O Hilohamakua ia, ka Kulukulua keiki ia, ko Hilo alii ia, he kaikaina no no Keawenuiaumi, me makou no ka noho ana, a ike i ka uuku o makou, haalele, a i ka hoouka kaua a makou iluna o Puumaneo, make no ia Keawenuiaumi, pau na iwi i ka holehole, komo iloko o ka hokeo, oia na.” [319]

Thus three chiefs were accounted for, leaving three more, when Hauna spoke up: “Here is another chief, another uncle of yours, being a younger brother (cousin) of Keawenuiaumi. He resided with us, and because of our meagerness, deserted, and at the battle fought on Puumaneo he was slain by Keawenuiaumi. The bones were stripped and also put away in a gourd.”

A pau ae la ekolu alii i ka hoikeia, koe ekolu alii i koe, i hou aku o Hauna: “Eia hou no keia alii, he makuakane no nou, he kaikaina no no Keawenuiaumi, me makou no ka noho ana, a ike i ko makou uuku haalele ia makou, a i ka hoouka kaua a makou i Puumaneo, make no ia Keawenuiaumi, pau na iwi i ka holehole, komo iloko o ka hokeo.”

Lonoikamakahiki then took up Lililehua, the child of Hua-a, the chief of Puna and chanted before Kakuhihewa:

Alaila lawe ae la o ua o Lonoikamakahiki ia Lililehua, ka Hua-a keiki, ko Puna alii hoi; a oli aku la i mua o Kakuhihewa:

Lililehua

Is drifting to Waimea,

For Molokai is storm-bound.

When the wind55 sweeps there below,

My husband then enters the house at Mana.

We two reposed at Wawaenohu

And witnessed the weeping of the deity.56

Here are some more!

O Lililehua la

Ko e papai Waimea,

Molokai ua ino.

A pa koolau wahine o lalo,

Komo kuu kane hale Mana.

Momomoe aku maua i Wawaenohu

Ike maua i ka uwe a ke akua la.

Eia mai ua mea la!

This bundle was placed before Kakuhihewa, who inquired who it was. Lanahuimihaku and the others answered: “This is Lililehua, the chief of Puna, the child of Hua-a. He had a beautiful country where even the pandanus and the lehua enter the sea, being the only sweet-scented land on Hawaii. This chief had his home with us; a younger brother (cousin) of Keawenuiaumi, but knowing our numerical weakness, deserted us, and at the battle fought on Puumaneo we slew him, stripped all his bones, put them in a container, and this is he.”

A waiho aku la keia mea ma ke alo o Kakuhihewa, alaila ninau ae la o oia: “Owai keia?” I aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma: “O Lililehua ia, o ko Puna alii, ka Hua-a keiki; no ia nei ka aina maikai, o ka hele no ia o ka hala a me ka lehua a luu i ke kai, o ka aina aala hookahi no keia o Hawaii, me makou no ka noho ana o keia alii, he kaikaina no no Keawenuiaumi, ike i ko makou uuku, haalele ia makou; a i ka hoouka kaua a makou iluna o Puumaneo, make no ia makou, pau na iwi i ka holehole ia, komo iloko o ka hokeo, oia na.”

Hauna again produced the bones of another chief from the gourd, the chief of Kau, and said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Here is another chief, that of Kau. He is also an uncle (father) of yours and a younger cousin (brother) of Keawenuiaumi. He also lived with us, and seeing how few we were, deserted, and at the battle of Puumaneo was slain by Keawenuiaumi. We secured his bones and put them away in the gourd.”

A pau keia, lalau hou no o Hauna i ka iwi o kekahi alii iloko o ka hokeo, i ko Kau alii, a olelo aku la ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Eia hou no keia alii, o ko Kau alii, he makuakane no nou, he kaikaina no no Keawenuiaumi, me makou no kahi i noho ai, a ike i ka uuku o makou, haalele; a ke kaua iluna o Puumaneo, make no ia Keawenuiaumi, lilo na iwi ia makou, komo iloko o ka hokeo.”

Lonoikamakahiki, holding the bones in his hands, chanted:

Alaila, lawe ae la o Lonoikamakahiki a paa ma ka lima, alaila oli aku la:

Dear is the house of Milo in the sun,

The elevated house of Moanauli.

Your skin is bruised without cause,

Bruised as though by a lover.

This lover is from Hanalei,

My lover of the awa leaf of Puna.

Kapaa is like the kalukalu57 mats,

Where the ohai58 turns at Papiohuli.

Here are some more!

Aloha Kahalemilo o ka la la,

Hale pakaiaulu o Moanauli.

Uli hewa ka ili,

Mehe mea i moe a ipo la.

No Hanalei nei aloha,

No kuu kane lau awa o Puna.

Kumoena kalukalu Kapaa,

Ohai huli Papiohuli.

Eia mai ua mea la!

Lonoikamakahiki tossed the bones to Kakuhihewa and asked of Lanahuimihaku and others: “Who is this?” Lanahuimihaku and the others answered: “This is Kahalemilo, the child of Imaikalani, the chief of Kau. He was also a younger brother (cousin) to Keawenuiaumi, and he was also one of those who resided with us, [320]and finding out how few we were, left us and took to fighting us on Puumaneo, but he was also slain, and this is he.”

Hoolei aku la ua o Lonoikamakahiki i na iwi haule ana ma ke alo o Kakuhihewa. Alaila, ninau ae la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Owai keia?” I aku la o Lanahuimihaku ma: “O Kahalemilo keia, o ka Imaikalani keiki, ko Kau alii, he kaikaina no no Keawenuiaumi, me makou no kahi i noho ai, a no ko makou [321]uuku, haalele ia makou, a manao e kaua mai ia makou, a luna o Puumaneo, make no ia makou, oia na.”

Hauna again produced the bones of the chief of Kona and said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Here is another chief, Moihala, the child of Heapae, the chief of Kona. He was also a younger brother (cousin) of your father. He lived with us, and because we were few, deserted and went elsewhere; he rebelled against Keawenuiaumi, and at your father’s battle on Puumaneo was also slain, the bones stripped and put into the gourd.”

Alaila, lawe hou ae la no o Hauna i na iwi o ko Kona alii, a olelo aku la ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Eia hou no keia alii, o Moihala ke keiki a Heapae, ko Kona alii, he kaikaina no no ko makuakane, me makou no ka noho ana, a no ka ike i ko makou uuku, haalele, hele a ma kahi e, kipi mai ia Keawenuiaumi, a i ka hoouka kaua ana a ko makuakane iluna o Puumaneo, pau no ia makou i ka make, holeholeia na iwi, komo iloko o ka hokeo.”

Lonoikamakahiki, holding the bones in his hands, chanted thus:

Alaila, lawe ae la o Lonoikamakahiki a paa ma ka lima, a oli aku la:

This is Moihala,

Inquiring of the wind,

The bird of Kuolohia.

Waialeale, the mountain,

Waialeale, the mountain.

Kawaikini is flowing,

Of Kane in the calm.

I, the lover, shall follow

To Waialua where I leave her,

Leave her in the home of friends.

It was there I found friends,

Where I may visit.

Here are some more!

O Moihala nei,

Ke nonoi ae la i ka makani,

Ka manu o Kuolohia.

O Waialeale, i ka mauna,

O Waialeale, i ka mauna.

Kahe Kawaikini,

A Kane i ka lai.

E ukali aku au o ka ipo,

Waialua la waiho,

I waiho i ka hale makamaka.

Loaa ke kauna,

Kahi e kipa aku ai.

Eia ua mea la!

Lonoikamakahiki threw the bones in front of Kakuhihewa, who inquired of Lanahuimihaku and the others who it was. They answered: “This is Moihala, the chief of Kona, a large division of Hawaii. Moihala was also a younger brother (cousin) of Keawenuiaumi. He resided with us, and finding out how few we were, left, went to the opposite side, a rebel. He thought by rebelling he would be safe, but when putting in an appearance at our battle at Puumaneo he was slain by Keawenuiaumi.”

Hoolei aku la o Lonoikamakahiki, pahu ana ma ke alo o Kakuhihewa; alaila ninau ae la o Kakuhihewa ia Lanahuimihaku ma: “Owai keia?” I aku la laua: “O Moihala keia, o ko Kona alii, he okana nui keia o Hawaii. He kaikaina no nae o Moihala no Keawenuiaumi; me makou no ka noho ana, a no ka ike i ko makou uuku, haalele ia makou, hele a ma kekahi aoao, kipi mai kuhi ia kipi ana ana e pakele; i pii ae ka hana i ka hoouka kaua a makou iluna o Puumaneo make no ia Keawenuiaumi.”

After the final production made by Lonoikamakahiki of the bones of the chief of Kona, Lonoikamakahiki conquered the whole of Oahu.

Following this incident, Lonoikamakahiki spoke to Kaikilani: “Inasmuch as we have made the circuit of Oahu, you, of us, had better remain; it is good land, with inhabitants both large and small.” Kaikilani answered: “It is agreeable to me; but we had better go to put Hawaii on a satisfactory basis, then return again to Oahu. There are the chiefs of Hawaii; they have rebelled and have confiscated everything. As for yourself, upon arriving at Hawaii, wage battle, as the men have been thickly arrayed from Anaehoomalu to the front of Kauhola.”

Ma keia hoike hope ana a Lonoikamakahiki i ko Kona alii, o ka pau loa no hoi ia o Oahu nei ia Lonoikamakahiki. Mahope iho o keia manawa, olelo aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kaikilani: “He nani ia ua puni ae nei Oahu nei ia kaua, noho oe o kaua, eia la he aina oluolu, he kanaka iki, kanaka nui.” I aku la o Kaikilani: “Ua pono ia, aka, e hoi kaua e hooponopono ia Hawaii a pono, alaila hoi hou mai ia Oahu nei; aia na ’lii o Hawaii la ua kipi, ua hao ae la na ’lii a pau, ia oe, o ko hiki no i Hawaii o ka hoouka no ia o ke kaua; pania mai la no e na kanaka mai Anaehoomalu a ka lae o Kauhola.”

Because of this remark of Kaikilani, Lonoikamakahiki had the canoes prepared immediately and departed. On this voyage Lonoikamakahiki did not touch at Kohala but proceeded on to Kealakekua. Upon arrival there with his men, the chiefs of Kona and the men were all at Kohala awaiting the arrival of Lonoikamakahiki there to be slaughtered by them. Upon Lonoikamakahiki’s arrival he sent a messenger to Kau to get Pupuakea to come to meet his elder brother (Lonoikamakahiki) to consult concerning putting to an end the rebellious chiefs of Hawaii. [322]

A no keia olelo ana aku a Kaikilani pela, hoolale koke ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i na waa, a holo aku la lakou. Ma keia holo ana a Lonoikamakahiki, aole nae i holo aku ma Kohala, aka, mawaho loa no a hiki i Kealakekua. Ia hiki ana aku o Lonoikamakahiki ma ua pau mai na ’lii o Kona a pau a me na kanaka i Kohala, no ke kali no ia Lonoikamakahiki o ka puka aku no ma Kohala o ka luku no. Aka ia Lonoikamakahiki i hiki aku ai, hoouna aku la oia i elele i Kau, e kii aku ia Pupuakea, e hele mai e halawai me kona kaikuaana (Lonoikamakahiki) i kuka ai laua no ka luku aku i na ’lii kipi o Hawaii. [323]

After Pupuakea arrived, they held a council of war and a decision was arrived at. Pupuakea then sent a messenger calling upon all the men to come to do battle. Kau was the only district which had not rebelled, because Pupuakea took up his residence there after Lonoikamakahiki departed for Oahu. The men having been informed, came over by the upper part of Kau to upper Kona, but the messenger that was sent reached Kealakekua, where Lonoikamakahiki and Pupuakea were living.

After receiving the information that the men had come overland, Lonoikamakahiki and Pupuakea went to intercept them at Puuanahulu, and that was the place where the men were arrayed in battle formation. About this time, however, the rebels who were down at Anaehoomalu observed that the clinkers at Puuanahulu were red with people, which was a matter of surprise to the rebels. Some of them thought there was a battle being fought, while others conjectured they were some of their own men, being under the impression that Lonoikamakahiki was still at Oahu, for no news had been received that he, Lonoikamakahiki, had arrived at Kealakekua.

A i ka hiki ana mai o Pupuakea, kuka ae la laua a holo, alaila hoounaia aku la kekahi elele e Pupuakea, e kii aku i na kanaka a pau e hele mai no ke kaua. No ka mea, o Kau, oia wale no ka okana i koe aole i kipi, no ka mea, malaila no o Pupuakea kahi i noho ai, mahope iho o ko Lonoikamakahiki holo ana i Oahu. A lohe ae la na kanaka, alaila, hele mai la lakou mauka o Kau a mauka o Kona, a o ka luna hoi i hoounaia, hiki mai la ia ma Kealakekua, ma kahi e noho ana o Lonoikamakahiki laua me Pupuakea. Mahope iho o keia lohe ana ua hala ae na kanaka mauka, alaila, hele aku la o Lonoikamakahiki laua o Pupuakea, a halawai aku la me na kanaka i Puuanahulu, a malaila kahi i hoonoho ai o ke kaua. Aka nae, ia manawa, ike mai la ka aoao kipi i kai o Anaehoomalu i ka ula o ke a o Puuanahulu i na kanaka, he mea haohao nae ia i na kipi. Manao nae kekahi poe kipi, he kaua; a ma ka manao hoi o kekahi poe, he poe kanaka no no lakou (na kipi), no ka mea, ua manaoia, aia no o Lonoikamakahiki i Oahu, no ka mea hoi, aole he poe nana i olelo aku, ua puka ae o Lonoikamakahiki i Kealakekua.

During the night of the day on which the rebels were surprised, Lonoikamakahiki and his younger brother Pupuakea, together with the men, came down prepared to give battle. On the night the men left Puuanahulu to go down, the rebels realized there was to be war, because there were in the hands of the men torches burning from the van to the rear of the war procession of Lonoikamakahiki. Then it was that the rebels made preparations for battle, sending out messengers to inform the men and the chiefs on their side that had been stationed from Anaehoomalu to distant Kohala.

Ma kela la a na kipi e haohao la, a ma ia po iho, iho aku la o Lonoikamakahiki me kona kaikaina me Pupuakea, a me na kanaka a pau i makaukau no ka hoouka kaua. I kela po, i na kanaka i iho aku ai mai Puuanahulu aku, ia manawa, manao ae la na kipi he kaua keia, no ka mea, aia ma ka lima o na kanaka, na lama (he mau ihoiho kukui) e a ana mai mua a hope o ka huakai kaua a Lonoikamakahiki. Nolaila, hoomakaukau ae la na kipi i ke kaua, a hoouna aku la i luna e hai aku i na kanaka a me na ’lii o ka aoao kipi i hoonohoia mai Anaehoomalu a Kohala loa.

While Lonoikamakahiki was on his way down he first met the rebels at Wailea and the fighting immediately commenced. Lonoikamakahiki was victorious on this occasion and the rebels were annihilated. This was the battle fought by Lonoikamakahiki, where it is said that blood flowed like water at Wainanalii, and hence the battle is described as that of Kaheawai.

Aka ia Lonoikamakahiki ma i iho mai ai, halawai mua iho la me na kipi i Wailea, a o ka hoouka koke iho la no ia o ke kaua, a pau iho la na kipi i ka lukuia, a lanakila ae la o Lonoikamakahiki ma ia hoouka kaua ana. O ka hoouka kaua ana keia a Lonoikamakahiki i kahe awai ai ke koko i kai o Wainanalii, a nolaila ua kapaia ia kaua a Lonoikamakahiki o Kaheawai.

CHAPTER IX.

Battles of Lonoikamakahiki.

MOKUNA IX.

Na Hoouka Kaua a Lonoikamakahiki.

Early in the morning after the battle of Lonoikamakahiki at Kaheawai, he was observed by the rebels proceeding along the lava bed of Kaniku. The rebels after returning to camp reported to their general, Kanaloapulehu, saying: “Lonoikamakahiki and Pupuakea are approaching, some men have been slain, and we (the rebels) have been routed.”

Mahope iho o ke kaua a Lonoikamakahiki i Kaheawai, ma ke kakahiaka nui, ike ia mai la o Lonoikamakahiki e ka aoao kipi e hele aku ana i ke a o Kaniku, alaila, hoi aku la na kanaka o ka aoao kipi a hai aku la i ko lakou pukaua (Alihikaua) ia Kanaloapulehu, me ka i aku: “Eia’e o Lonoikamakahiki me Pupuakea ma, ua pau mai nei kekahi poe i ka make ua hee mai nei kakou (na kipi).”

Kanaloapulehu commanded Kanaloakuakawaiea, the chief of Hilo: “Let the battle be at Kaunooa where there is plenty of sand, and let it be fought there, so that when Lonoikamakahiki reaches the spot we would be in possession of the sand, so that whilst rubbing their eyes the rocks will fly and victory will be ours.”

Nolaila, olelo ae la o Kanaloapulehu ia Kanaloakuakawaiea ko Hilo alii: “Ho aku ke kaua i Kaunooa i ke one nui, i hoouka ai ke kaua ilaila, i hiki ae ai ia o Lonoikamakahiki ilaila, ua paa mua ia kakou ke one, na lakou ia e hele ae, kanu mai ke one i na maka, lilo lakou ilaila e anaanai ai hao aku na pohaku, o ka lanakila no ia.”

According to the instructions of Kanaloapulehu to Kanaloakuakawaiea, the men were placed in position at Kaunooa. This is a place midway between Puako and Kawaihae. At the noon hour Lonoikamakahiki came in contact with the rebels and the battle commenced in earnest and he was victorious over them, having repulsed Kanaloapulehu and his followers just as the shades of evening were falling. [324]

E like me ka olelo a Kanaloapulehu ia Kanaloakuakawaiea, alaila, laweia aku la na kanaka o ka aoao kipi a hoonoho ma Kaunooa (aia no kela wahi mawaena o Puako a me Kawaihae). Ma ke ehu awakea (ainaawakea), halawai aku la o Lonoikamakahiki me na kipi, a o ka hoouka iho la no ia o ke kaua, a lanakila iho la o Lonoikamakahiki [325]ma ia hoouka kaua ana, a hee aku la o Kanaloapulehu ma me na kipi a pau, ma ka ehu ahiahi.

While Kanaloapulehu and his followers were fleeing they met the Kohala and the Hamakua rebels at a place called Nakikiaianihau. Kanaloapulehu commanded them, saying: “Let us go back and encamp at Haleokapuni, and let some of us go on to Puukohola, and when Lonoikamakahiki is seen approaching Nakikiaianihau, then we will occupy Puukohola so we can shower rocks from above and Lonoikamakahiki’s battle will be a defeat.” All the chiefs observed the commands of the general and encamped at Haleokapuni immediately below the temple of Puukohola59 and Mailekini at Kawaihae. Lonoikamakahiki, however, did not manoeuver as was anticipated by the rebels.

Ia Kanaloapulehu ma i hee aku ai me na kipi, loaa aku la ko Kohala poe kipi mai a me ko Hamakua mai ma kahi i kapaia o Nakikiaianihau. I aku la o Kanaloapulehu ma i ko Kohala poe kipi mai a me ko Hamakua: Hoi hou aku kakou i hope, a i Haleokapuni kakou e hoomoana ai; aole auanei he mea pii aku o kakou iluna o Puukohola, aia a ike aku kakou ia Lonoikamakahiki e hele mai ana i Nakikiaianihau ma, alaila hoi aku kakou a luna o Puukohola, i hoolue iho na pohaku o luna, alaila make ko lakou kaua (ko Lonoikamakahiki ma).” E like me ka mea i oleloia e ka pukaua nui pela no i hoolohe aku ai na ’lii a pau; nolaila, hoi aku la lakou a hoomoana iho la ma Haleokapuni, malalo pono o ka heiau o Puukohola a me Mailekini, ma Kawaihae, a e like me ka manao o ka aoao kipi; aka, aole o Lonoikamakahiki i hele e like me ka na kipi manao wale ana.

After Lonoikamakahiki became victorious at the battle of Kaunooa he consulted his priests (kahunas) as to what steps best to take in order to lead to victory. The priests directed him to proceed by way of Pili until they came to Puupa, “and there a big battle should be fought, because thus far we have only fought against the Konas, and know nothing about Hilo and Puna, nor of Hamakua. Pay no heed to Kohala, it is a small district; let us fight her last. Proceed against the triplets, Puna, Hilo and Hamakua.”

Mahope iho o ko Lonoikamakahiki lanakila ana i ke kaua ma Kaunooa, alaila, ninau ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i kana mau kahuna i kahi e hiki ai ke hele a lanakila. Olelo aku la na kahuna ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Mauka ke hele ma ke pili, a hiki, i Puupa, malaila, ka hoouka kaua nui, no ka mea, o Kona wale no ka kakou i hoouka aku nei, aole kakou i ike aku ia Hilo a me Puna, aole kakou i ike aku ia Hamakua, aole o Kohala, he wahi moku uuku ia, i kaua hope ia, e pono ke kii mua i na kolu ia Puna, Hilo, a me Hamakua.” A e like me ka olelo a na kahuna a ua o Lonoikamakahiki, pela no oia i hoolohe aku ai.

Lonoikamakahiki followed the directions of his priests.60 Proceeding upwards from Kaunooa and about midway of the plains at about midnight they could see the fires of the rebels at Puupa. Lonoikamakahiki asked his priests: “What is that fire?” The priests answered: “A battle. It is the fires of the traitors of the land.” He asked again: “What of us?” The kahunas answered: “Send along forty men with torches in their hands, each man to carry four torches to burn, so as to deceive and to give the rebels the impression that there are four forty men, allowing them to proceed directly and when immediately outside of Puupa permit them to light their torches so we may be able to locate the whereabouts of the enemy and learn where they are encamped, the battle to begin at once, we to follow them from the rear and the forty from the opposite direction, and the enemy will be routed.”

Ia pii ana a Lonoikamakahiki ma mai Kaunooa aku, a waena pili, ma ke aumoe, ike aku la lakou i ke ahi a na kipi e a mai ana i Puupa. Ninau ae o Lonoikamakahiki i na kahuna: “Heaha kela ahi?” I mai la ke kahuna: “He kaua, he ahi na na kipi aina.” Ninau aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “A pehea kakou?” I aku la na kahuna: “Hoounaia aku i hookahi kanaha kanaka, me na lama ma ko lakou lima, i eha lama a ka mea hookahi e hoaa ai, alaila i kuhi mai ai lakou eha kanaha kanaka, hele pono aku no, a mawaho pono o Puupa, alaila hoa ae i ke ahi i hiki aku ai kakou i kahi a lakou i hoomoana ai, alaila o ka hoomaka no ia o ke kaua, i alualu aku mahope nei a o kela poe mai hoi he kanaha, o ko lakou hee no ia.”

Receiving the instructions from the priests, Lonoikamakahiki sent out forty men with Pupuakea, who made forty-one. They followed the instructions of the priests, each man carrying four torches, proceeding along the direction indicated by the priests. They travelled along to the outskirts of the camp of the rebels, lighted their four forty torches and set up a tremendous shouting, “Onto the traitors of the land! Onto the traitors of the land!” and such like.

Ia manawa a ke kahuna i olelo ai, hoouna aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i hookahi kanaha kanaka me Pupuakea pu, oia ke kanaha kumamakahi. A hana ae la lakou e like me ka olelo a ke kahuna, eha lama pakahi a na kanaka, a hele aku la ma kahi a ke kahuna i kuhikuhi ai. A hala aku la lakou a mawaho pono aku o kahi a ka poe kipi e hoomoana ana, hoaa mai la lakou i na lama eha kanaha, a hooho ae la me ka leo nui: “Iluna o ke kipi aina! Iluna o ke kipi aina!!” A pela aku.

The rebels saw the burning torches and heard the loud yells. After first counting the number of torches and discovering there were only four forties the rebels gave chase. While the rebels were absent Lonoikamakahiki and his men arrived, and in the fight with Pupuakea’s men, who gained by repulsing the rebels, Lonoikamakahiki and his army stood off ready to receive them. The battle waxed fierce and hard until the two divisions of Lonoikamakahiki and Pupuakea came together, when there was great [326]slaughter of the rebels. Some escaping, ran upwards to Ouli at Waimea that night and were there slain by their own men being under the impression that they were Lonoikamakahiki’s men running away. Thereby the remaining rebels who escaped from the battle of Puupa were also killed. It is for this reason that this fight of Lonoikamakahiki’s was called Puupa, and was the third of his battles.

A ike ae la na kipi i na lama e a ana, a me na leo hooho, a helu aku la lakou (na kipi) i ka nui o na lama, pakahi, ua like me eha kanaha, a alualu aku la. Ia lakou (na kipi) i hala aku ai, hiki aku la o Lonoikamakahiki me kona puali kaua, a i ka hoouka kaua ana me ko Pupuakea puali, lanakila mai la o Pupuakea, a emi hope mai la na kipi. A iloko oia emi hope ana, e hoomoana aku ana o Lonoikamakahiki me kona puali, a o ka hoouka iho la no ia, a ma ia hoouka ana, hui ae la na puali elua, o ko Lonoikamakahiki me ko Pupuakea puali, a pau iho la na kipi i ka lukuia, a o ke [327]koena, hee aku la a uka o Ouli ma Waimea i ua po nei, a luku ia mai la no e kekahi poe kipi o lakou, me ka manao o ko Lonoikamakahiki poe keia e hee nei; nolaila, pau loa ke koena o na kipi i pakele mai i ke kaua ma Puupa. Nolaila, ma keia kaua ana, ua kapaia keia kaua a Lonoikamakahiki o Puupa, oia ke kolu o ka Lonoikamakahiki hoouka kaua ana.

On the day following the night of battle at Puupa, rumors began to spread everywhere that Lonoikamakahiki was at Puupa. Those who were encamped at Haleokapuni in Kawaihae, in accordance with a previous understanding had by them, would not ascend Puukohola unless a man on the side of Lonoikamakahiki should be slain; then only would Puukohola be scaled for human sacrifices. For that reason the rebels rested with high hopes, based on their former understanding and anticipations of victory, because Kanaloapulehu and Kanaloakuakawaiea were celebrated for their great prowess.

Ma ke ao ana ae, i kela po i hoouka kaua ai ma Puupa, kui aku la ka lono i na wahi e ae, aia o Lonoikamakahiki i Puupa; nolaila, o ka poe e hoomoana ana ma Haleokapuni i Kawaihae, a e like hoi me ka manao mua o ka poe e hoomoana ana ma Haleokapuni, aole lakou e pii iluna o Puukohola, aia a make kekahi kanaka o ko Lonoikamakahiki aoao, alaila pii ia o Puukohola no ka hai kanaka. A no ia mea, ua noho manaolana wale lakou (na kipi) ma ka lakou manao i kuka mua ai a ua hilinai wale lakou me ka manao e lanakila ana lakou. No ka mea, ua kaulana o Kanaloapulehu he kanaka ikaika, a me Kanaloakuakawaiea.

On the night following Lonoikamakahiki arrived at Kawaihae with his force of men, and Pupuakea’s force came by way of Nakikiaianihau, and revealed themselves. Kanaloapulehu, seeing the force of Pupuakea, sent out four hundred men to give him battle. At the same time that the men were on the way to intercept Pupuakea, Lonoikamakahiki had taken possession of Puukohola by a strategic move made during the night and was occupying the top of it. Immediately the battle commenced, and Kanaloapulehu was afterwards made prisoner by Lonoikamakahiki’s warriors, and Kanaloakuakawaiea was repulsed with what was remaining of the rebels, Lonoikamakahiki being the victor that night, recording the fourth night battle won by him.

This battle of Lonoikamakahiki at Puukohola was named the Kawaluna, because of the night strategy successfully executed by him on that occasion. Kanaloapulehu, having been made prisoner, was killed and laid upon the altar (lele). So died the general of the rebels.

Aka ma kekahi po, hiki aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i Kawaihae me kona puali, a o ko Pupuakea puali hoi iho ia ae a ma Nakikiaianihau, hoaiai ia mai. Aka, o Kanaloapulehu, ike aku la lakou i ke kaua a Pupuakea, hoouana aku la oia hehookahi lau kanaka e hele aku e kaua me Pupuakea. Aka, ia poe i hoomaka aku ai e hele e kaua me Pupuakea, ma ua po nei, ua hiki ae la o Lonoikamakahiki iluna o Puukohola, kawa po ia mai la e Lonoikamakahiki, paa o luna o ka puu o Puukohola. Ia manawa o ka hoouka koke iho la no ia o ke kaua, a paa mai la o Kanaloapulehu ma ka lima o ko Lonoikamakahiki poe kaua, a o Kanaloakuakawaiea, hee aku la oia me ke koena o na kipi, a lanakila iho la o Lonoikamakahiki ia po; o ka ha keia o ka Lonoikamakahiki kaua po ana. A ua kapaia ia kaua ana a Lonoikamakahiki i Puukohola o Kawaluna, no ke kawa po ana mai a Lonoikamakahiki ma kela hoouka kaua ana.

Paa iho la o Kanaloapulehu ia po a ao, pepehiia iho la, a kau ia aku la i ka lele. Pela i make ai ka pukaua o na kipi.

CHAPTER X.

Defeat of Kanaloakukawaiea and the Rebels.—Lonoikamakahiki’s Victory.

MOKUNA X.

Ka Hee Ana o Kanoloakuakawaiea me na Kipi.—Ka Lanakila Ana o Lonoikamakahiki.

After the victory by Lonoikamakahiki at the battle of Puukohola and the repulse of Kanaloakuakawaiea, the remaining great general of the traitors was forced to the top of Puainako. That eminence is about four miles to the north of Kawaihae.

Mahope iho o ka lanakila ana o Lonoikamakahiki i ka hoouka kaua ana ma Puukohola, hee aku la o Kanalaokuakawaiea, ka pukaua nui i koe o na kipi aina; hee aku la a noho i luna o Puainako. (Aia kela oioina ma ka akau ae o Kawaihae, aneane eha mile mai Kawaihae aku).

On the night of the battle of Puukohola, including the following morning, after having pursued the men (Kanaloapulehu’s) from Puukohola, Lonoikamakahiki’s warriors commenced moving. Pupuakea and his men, however, had already arrived at the precipice of Honokoa during the darkness of early morning with the intention of capturing prisoners, but none were captured, however. So Pupuakea returned and met Lonoikamakahiki descending at Pahonu. The two divisions of Pupuakea and Lonoikamakahiki were then brought together again. They then held a consultation as to the direction they should take. Pupuakea and Lonoikamakahiki desired to go by way of Waimea, but the wish of the priest, Hauna, was to proceed by the Kohala route to Puumaneo and there make preparation for battle. Lonoikamakahiki heeded the advice of the priest. [328]

Ma ua po hoouka kaua la i Puukohola, ma ke kakahiaka ana ae, mahope iho hoi o ka pau ana o ka hai kanaka (Kanaloapulehu) ma Puukohola, ia manawa hoomaka aku la ka Lonoikamakahiki poe kaua e hele; aka ua hiki mua aku la o Pupuakea me kana poe kaua i ka pali o Honokoa i ka manawa poeleele o ke kakahiaka nui, me ka manao e loaa aku ke pio, aka, aole he pio i loaa aku; nolaila hoi hope mai la ua o Pupuakea, a loaa o Lonoikamakahiki e iho mai ana i Pahonu, akahi no a hui na puali elua; ka Pupuakea me ka Lonoikamakahiki. Ia manawa, kuka ae la lakou i kahi e hele ai. Ma ka manao o Pupuakea laua o Lonoikamakahiki ma uka o Waimea ke pii; [329]a ma ka manao hoi o ke kahuna, o Hauna, ma Kohala ke hele i Puumaneo e hoonoho ai ke kaua. Nolaila, hoolohe no o Lonoikamakahiki e like me ka ke kahuna olelo.

Having come to that understanding they proceeded from Kawaihae until they reached the precipice of Honokoa, and reached on to the Kohala side. At that moment Lonoikamakahiki noticed the footprints of the rebels, and the victors began to search for more traces and they were innumerable, as indicated by the withered pili grass. Lonoikamakahiki’s forces followed the trodden path and lo! there were the rebels in large numbers encamped at Puainako. The rebels having first seen the forces of approaching men made their escape in every direction. However, before the final understanding had been reached at Puhaukole, Pupuakea already had dispatched a messenger to investigate the condition of the rebels who were repulsed at the battle of Puukohola.

Ma ia hooholo ana, hele aku la lakou mai Kawaihae aku, a hiki i ka pali o Honokoa, a kau maluna o ka aoao ma Kohala; ia manawa, ike aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i ka meheu wawae o na kipi, alaila hoomaka hou aku la ka lanakila e huli i ka meheu, aia nae e ahu ana na meheu he nui, ua mae ke pili.

Nolaila hookolo aku la ko Lonoikamakahiki mau puali ma kahi e meheu ana, aia nae na kipi he nui e hoomoana ana ma Puainako. Ike mua mai la nae na kipi i keia kaua e hele aku ana, alaila, o ka hee aku la no ia ma kela wahi keia wahi. Aka nae, mamua o ka pau o ka hooholo ana i ka olelo i Puhaukole, ua hoouna mua aku o Pupuakea i ka elele e hele aku e nana i ka poe kipi i auhee ai i ke kaua i Puukohola.

During the progress of Lonoikamakahiki’s search they came across the messenger which had been previously sent out, who reported that the vanquished were fleeing over the pili grass. The conquerors gave chase, meeting them on the beach at Kahua, when Pupuakea slaughtered them on the pili grass as well as at the beach, their repulse having scattered them in every direction. As for Kanaloakuakawaiea, he fled to the canoe landing and ordered the men to cover him with pebbles; the covering was only partial, however. Lonoikamakahiki and his men soon arrived upon the scene and Kanaloakuakawaiea was there slain.

A ma keia ukali ana a Lonoikamakahiki ma, halawai mua mai la me ka elele i hoounaia aku ai. Olelo mai la ua elele la: “Aia ke pio ke auhee la i ke pili.” Nolaila, alualu aku la ka lanakila mahope o ke pio, halawai aku la lakou ma kahakai o Kahua, a luku aku la o Pupuakea i na kipi mai ke pili aku a hiki ma kahakai, auhee aku la, a puehu liilii aku la ma o a ma o. A o Kanaloakuakawaiea, holo aku la oia a ma ke awa pae waa, a kauoha aku la i na kanaka e uhi i na iliili (pohaku liilii) maluna ona. Aka nae, aole i nalo ua o Kanaloakuakawaiea, hiki e aku o Lonoikamakahiki me kona poe puali, a pepehi ia iho la o Kanaloakuakawaiea.

When the men of Hilo heard that their chief was killed, they also offered themselves to be slain with him. The victors slaughtered a large number of them. Some of them scrambled over the clinkers along the beach at Kahua, like shrimps clinging to the rocks in a stream. Then it was that Pupuakea chanted:

A ike mai la na kanaka o Hilo, ua make ko lakou alii, hoomake pu mai la na makaainana mamuli ona, a luku aku la ka lanakila a pau loa kekahi mau kipi, a o kekahi poe kipi, inana aku la lakou maluna o ke aa o na kahakai o Kahua, mehe opae la ka pohaku kahawai, a nolaila kahea mai o Pupuakea:

Routed, are you, indeed you are routed!

Beaten, are you, indeed you are beaten!

You treasonable land pirates;

You are scattered about, are you,

Like water shrimps,61

Onto the rocks in the stream.

You were routed sometime ago,

For the battle was like a freshet,

The battle in the shower of sand at Kaunooa,

The night battle at Puupa.

In the general war at Kawaluna

The land pirates were easily defeated,

Merely by the wind from the war clubs.62

Men are sacrificed indeed, by Lono.

It was a victory.

Lono was victorious,

You treasonable chiefs!

Ke hee la ka hoi e hee ai,

Ke pio la ka hoi e pio ai,

Ka ua pio kipi aina,

Ke inana la ka hoi,

Mehe opae oehaa la;

I luna ke aa haoa

E kala ka hee,

Ua kaheawai ke kaua,

Ke kaua kuehu one i Kaunooa,

Ke kawa po i Puupa,

I kaua huli moku i Kawaluna,

Hee honua kipi aina

I ka ehu makani o ka laau

Hai kanaka nae hoi, Lono-e

He lanakila-la

Lanakila nae hoi Lono,

E na ’lii hana ino o lakou-e!

This battle of Lonoikamakahiki’s was called Kaiopae, and the landing place was named after this battle and is known as such to this day.

Ua kapaia keia kaua a Lonoikamakahiki, Kaiopae, a nolaila, ua kapaia ka inoa o ia awa pae waa mamuli o ia kaua, a o kona inoa mau ia a hiki i keia la.

After the defeat at Kaiopae, victory continued to follow even into Kohala. Upon their arrival there the rebels were in a state of preparedness for war at Hinakahua, in Kapaau of Kohala. The rebels observed the victors approaching on the highlands [330]in inferior numbers, and because of the enemy’s numerical weakness, mustered courage to give battle to the forces of Lonoikamakahiki; but upon the near approach of the conquerors the rebels fled without any apparent reason, slaughtering each other in their confusion, fleeing to hide themselves among the precipices of Pololu and Honokane.

Mahope iho o keia pio ana i ke kaua ma Kaiopae, hele aku la ka lanakila a hiki i Kohala. Ia lakou nae i hiki aku ai, e hoopaa mai ana ke kaua a na kipi i Hinakahua, ma Kapaau i Kohala. I na kipi i nana mai ai i ka lanakila e hele aku ana mauka, [331]he mea e ka uuku; a no ia uuku, aa no na kipi e kaua mai i ko Lonoikamakahiki poe kaua. Aka i ka hookokoke ana aku o ka lanakila, ua auhee honua na kipi, a luku aku luku mai na kipi ia lakou iho, a holo aku la me ka manao e pee ma na pali o Pololu a me Honokane.

The rebels, however, were overtaken at Halelua and slaughtered by Pupuakea with his war club. Kaiopihi, the Kohala general was slain, and Lonoikamakahiki once more was victorious at this battle. This battle of Lonoikamakahiki was named Kaiopihi after the incident of the death of Kaiopihi at that place, the locality being known by that name to this day.

A Halelua, loaa aku la na kipi ilaila, a luku ia iho la e Pupuakea me kana laau palau. A make iho la ko Kohala pukaua o Kaiopihi, a lanakila ae la o Lonoikamakahiki ma ia kaua ana. Ua kapaia ia kaua a Lonoikamakahiki o Kaiopihi, no ka make ana o Kaiopihi malaila, a o ka inoa ia oia wahi a hiki mai i keia la.

After this battle Lonoikamakahiki rendezvoused at the upper part of Pololu at the top of the knoll of Puumaneo, where the battle was fought as directed by Hauna, his guardian priest. While located on Puumaneo, reinforcements of rebels from Hamakua, Hilo, Puna and Kona arrived. Lonoikamakahiki gained a complete victory, and there it was that all the rebellious chiefs were slaughtered, not one escaping death. Thus Lonoikamakahiki came into control of the whole of Hawaii.

Mahope iho o keia kaua, hoi aku la o Lonoikamakahiki a noho mauka o Pololu, maluna o kela puu kaua i oleloia o Puumaneo, e like me ke kuhikuhi a Hauna, kona kahu a kahuna hoi. A luna o Puumaneo, hiki hou mai la no na kipi o Hamakua, o Hilo, o Puna a me Kona. A lanakila loa ae la o Lonoikamakahiki; ilaila pau loa na ’lii kipi i ka make, aole kekahi o na ’lii i ola; a puni ae la o Hawaii a pau ia Lonoikamakahiki.

After this signal victory Lonoikamakahiki went to observe religious service at the temple at Apuakohau, and it is there that the temple called Muleilua is located. After this dedication he proceeded and held another ceremony at Puukohola. Having performed his duties at this place he went on, and at Kahaluu, in Kona, again held a dedication service at the temple of Makolea. On the way Kapulani, a rebel chief, was caught hiding in the valley by the victors. It had been previously reported that he was one of the chiefs who rebelled against Lonoikamakahiki, and because of that fact Kapulani was condemned to die. On the night that the council was held the intention was to place him on the altar the following morning, but during the night he was assisted to escape by Kalanioumi63 when he, Kapulani, made his way to Kau safe from the clutches of the victors.

Mahope iho o keia lanakila ana, hoi aku la o Lonoikamakahiki a kapu heiau iho la ma Apuakehau, Kohala, aia malaila ka heiau i oleloia o Muleiula. A pau ke kapu heiau ana a Lonoikamakahiki, alaila hoi aku la a kapu heiau hou i Puukohola. A pau ke kapu heiau ana malaila, alaila hoi aku la a ma Kahaluu i Kona, kapu heiau hou, ma ka heiau i kapaia o Makolea. A pau ia, hoi aku la a loaa o Kapulani, kekahi alii o na kipi, ma na awawa e pee ana. A lilo ae la oia ma ka lima o ka lanakila; no ka mea, ua oleloia, oia kekahi alii i huipu e kipi aku ia Lonoikamakahiki. A no ia mea, ua hooholoia ka make o Kapulani. I ka po i kai ai ka aha, ua manaoia ma ia ao ana ae e kau ai i ka lele. Aka ma ia po iho, hoomahukaia aku la e Kalanioumi, a lilo aku la o Kapulani a noho ma Kau, a pakele aku la oia i ka lima o ka lanakila.

CHAPTER XI.

The Departure of Lonoikamakahiki for Maui to Visit Kamalalawalu.

MOKUNA XI.

Ka Holo ana o Lonoikamakahiki i Maui e ike me Kamalalawalu.

Subsequent to the slaughter of the chiefs of Hawaii by Lonoikamakahiki he consulted his wife Kaikilani for the purpose of going to Maui on a visit to Kamalalawalu. They decided, and so did all the chiefs, to allow them to go, in consequence of some plans Lonoikamakahiki had in view. On the day he was prepared to sail to Maui he selected a sufficient number of men, including his strongest and best-known warriors. He also selected his younger brother Pupuakea, well known as the premier and general, to accompany the party. On this voyage of Lonoikamakahiki he did not forget Hauna in his capacity as priest and counselor.

The following is the tradition of Lonoikamakahiki concerning this voyage:

Mahope iho o ka luku ana a Lonoikamakahiki i na ’lii o Hawaii, kukakuka ae la oia me kana wahine me Kaikilani e holo i Maui e ike me Kamalalawalu. A hooholo ae la laua a me ka nui alii a pau, e hookuu aku mamuli o ka Lonoikamakahiki mea i noonoo mua ai. Nolaila, i ka la i makaukau ai ko Lonoikamakahiki holo i Maui, lawe ae la oia i kona poe kupono, a me kona mau kanaka ikaika kaulana. A lawe ae la oia i kona kaikaina ia Pupuakea ma kona ano kaulana aina (kuhina nui, a alihikaua no hoi).

Ma ia holo ana a Lonoikamakahiki, aole oia i poina ia Hauna ma kona ano kahu, a kalahala no hoi. A penei ka moolelo o Lonoikamakahiki ma ia holo ana:

On Lonoikamakahiki’s arrival at Maui, Kamalalawalu was residing at Hana on the ahupuaa called Wananalua. When Lonoikamakahiki went ashore at the canoe landing of Punahoa he was observed by Kamalalawalu, Lonoikamakahiki and his [332]retinue being sent for and taken to Kamalalawalu’s royal residence, it being the first time he had cast eyes on the king of Hawaii, although he had previously heard of him. It was said that Kamalalawalu was an uncle of Lonoikamakahiki.

Ia Lonoikamakahiki i hiki aku ai ma Maui, e noho ana o Kamalalawalu ma Hana, ma ke Ahupuaa i oleloia o Wananalua. Ia Lonoikamakahiki i pae aku ai ma ke awa pae waa i Punahoa, ike ia mai la o Lonoikamakahiki e Kamalalawalu, kiiia mai [333]la ua o Lonoikamakahiki a me kona poe a pau, hoihoiia aku la ma ko Kamalalawalu hale alii. Ia manawa, akahi no oia a ike maka i ke alii o Hawaii, he lohe wale no kona. Ua oleloia he makuakane no o ua Kamalalawalu nei no Lonoikamakahiki.

A few days thereafter, it being customary at the royal residences of those times to drink awa, it came to pass that Kamalalawalu wanted the pleasure of drinking awa with Lonoikamakahiki, so he said to Lonoikamakahiki: “It is my pleasure that we drink awa.” In compliance with the wish of the king of Maui the king of Hawaii in like manner gave his assent.

He mau la paha mahope iho, he mea mau no hoi ma na hale alii o ia manawa, ka inu awa. A nolaila, makemake ae la o Kamalalawalu e inu awa pu me Lonoikamakahiki. Nolaila olelo aku o Kamalalawalu ia Lonoikamakahiki: “Ua makemake au e inu awa kaua.” A e like me ka makemake o ke alii o Maui, pela i ae aku ai ko Hawaii alii.

Kamalalawalu said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Let us go surf riding and by the time we return the awa will be ready.” They went. Before going, however, they decided that they would have a chicken as an accompanying dish to go with their awa, and gave directions to their younger brothers to prepare the awa and the extra dish before they returned from their surfing.

I aku la o Kamalalawalu ia Lonoikamakahiki: “E hele kaua i ka heenalu a hoi mai ua wali ka awa.” A nolaila, hele aku la laua. Mamua nae o ko laua hele ana i ka auau, ua hooholo mua laua, he moa ka pupu o ko laua awa ke inu. Ia manawa nae ua kauoha ae la laua i ko laua mau kaikaina e hoomakaukau i ka awa a me ka pupu, mamua o ko laua hoi ana mai mai ka auau.

The side dish they desired to have with the awa they were to drink was chicken. Before Lonoikamakahiki started to surf he spoke to Pupuakea thus: “I’m going in surfing now with the king of Maui. You cook the chicken in blood64 and let it be ready when we return from surfing.” After giving these directions to his younger brother, he proceeded with Kamalalawalu to surf. As for Kamalalawalu, he also had given his younger brother Makakuikalani the same instructions as Lonoikamakahiki gave to Pupuakea. These instructions of the kings were each given to their brothers separate, apart and distinct from each other and not in the hearing of each other. Their majesties then went surfing. Makakuikalani prepared the chicken and awa for Kamalalawalu. The chicken cooked in blood and the awa masticated he awaited the return of the king.

O ka pupu a laua i manao ai no ka inu ana i ko laua awa, he moa. Mamua o ko Lonoikamakahiki hele ana i ka heenalu, kauoha iho la oia ia Pupuakea penei: “Ke hele nei au i ka heenalu me ke alii o Maui nei, puholo ae oe i ka moa i hoi mai maua mai ka auau mai, ua makaukau.” A pau ka Lonoikamakahiki olelo ana i kona kaikaina, hele aku la oia me Kamalalawalu i ka auau. A o Kamalalawalu hoi, ua kauoha ae la no hoi oia i kona kaikaina ia Makakuikalani, e like me ka Lonoikamakahiki kauoha ia Pupuakea. Ma keia mau olelo a na ’lii, aole ma kahi hookahi ka laua kamailio ana i na kaikaina o laua. Aka ma ke kaawale no laua i olelo ai, me ka lohe ole aku o kekahi i kekahi. A hala aku la na ’lii i ka heenalu, a o Makakuikalani hoi hana iho la oia i ka moa a Kamalalawalu, a me ka awa. A pau ka moa i ka puholo, a me ka awa i ka mama, alaila kali aku o ka hoi mai o ke alii.

As for Pupuakea, however, he made no preparations as he was directed to, for the reason he knew not how to prepare chicken nor how to properly chew the awa, being unaccustomed to such things. It was a surprise to Pupuakea himself that Lonoikamakahiki should have ordered him to do so, knowing full well that he (Pupuakea) was not accustomed to preparing chickens.

Aka, o Pupuakea, aole oia i hana i na mea a kona kaikuaana i kauoha ai ia ia, no ka mea, aole oia i ike i ka hana ana o ka moa, a me ka mama ana o ka awa, no ka mea, aole i maa. Aka nae, he mea haohao no ia ia Pupuakea, keia kauoha ana a Lonoikamakahiki, me ka ike no o ke alii, aole i maa o Pupuakea i ka hana ana o ka moa.

On the return of their majesties from surfing, Kamalalawalu was ready for his meal. He inquired of Makakuikalani if it was ready, and he answered: “It is; the chicken is cooked and the awa is masticated.” So Kamalalawalu commanded: “Have the food served.” Preparations for the meal were made, the awa being strained at the order given for preparation. Lonoikamakahiki after having returned from surfing said to Pupuakea: “Preparations are being made for Kamalalawalu’s food. Where is my awa and chicken? Have you prepared them?” When Pupuakea was spoken to he was engaged playing konane. Upon hearing these inquiries of Lonoikamakahiki, Pupuakea replied: “No,” and said furthermore: “The chicken is here somewhere, not killed, nor has the awa been chewed, because you well know I have no knowledge of how to prepare the things you directed me to do.” [334]

A hoi mai la na ’lii mai ka auau mai, ua makaukau o Kamalalawalu no kana mea e ai ai; a ninau aku la o Kamalalawalu ia Makakuikalani i ka makaukau; a hai mai la o Makakuikalani: “Ua makaukau, ua moa ka moa ua wali ka awa.” I aku la o Kamalalawalu: “Hoomakaukauia mai ka ai.” Alaila, ia manawa, lawelawe ia ae la na mea ai o ka ahaaina. A ia wa no, hoka iho la ka awa. A o Lonoikamakahiki, i kona manawa i hoi mai ai mai ka auau mai, ninau aku la ia Pupuakea: “Ea! Ke makaukau mai la ka Kamalalawalu mau mea ai; auhea hoi ka awa a me kau moe? Ua hana iho nei oe?” E konane ana nae o Pupuakea ia manawa. A i ko Pupuakea lohe ana i keia mau ninau a Lonoikamakahiki, hoole aku la o Pupuakea, me ka i aku: “Eiae no ka moa, aole i pepehi ia, aole no i mama ia ka awa, no ka mea, ua ike no oe, aole au i ike i ka hana ana o keia mau mea au i kauoha iho ai.”

Lonoikamakahiki became angered, picked up the konane board and struck Pupuakea across the forehead making the blood flow. Because of this, Pupuakea was angered. Instantly he reached for the charcoal and firewood, started the fire, caught the chicken and choked it and tore away one of its legs. After having it skinned he broiled it over a fire at the same time reaching for the awa root. While the chicken was being broiled the awa was being chewed; with three quids65 of the awa the legs of the chicken were cooked, the awa strained and the cooked chicken legs placed on a platter. The awa cup was placed in front of the king, and also all the other things according to the directions given to Pupuakea. He said to the king: “The chicken and the awa are ready; it only awaits you to eat and to drink of the same.” When Lonoikamakahiki saw that the instructions he gave previous to surfing had been carried out, he ate before Kamalalawalu drank his awa.

Ia manawa, wela ka huhu o Lonoikamakahiki, lalau iho la i ka papa konane, a hauhau aku la i ka lae o Pupuakea, a pa aku la ma ka lae, puai ke koko. A no ia mea, komo aku la ka huhu i loko o Pupuakea. Ia manawa, lalau aku la o Pupuakea i ka [335]lanahu a me ka wahie, hoa ae la i ke ahi, lalau ae la i ka moa, a uumi aku la, a uhae mai la i kekahi uha o ka moa, a hohole ae la i ka ili, a koala aku la i ke ahi, lalau aku la i na huluhulu awa. Ke koala la ka moa, ke mama la no hoi ka awa; a ekolu mana awa; a moa ae la na uha moa, hoka ka awa; a waiho ae la na uha moa i pulehu ia i ke pa. A waiho aku la ka apu awa ma ke alo o ke alii, a me na mea a pau ana i kauoha aku ai ia Pupuakea. I aku la o Pupuakea: “Ua makaukau ka awa a me ka moa, o kau wale no koe ka ai iho a me ka inu iho i ka awa.”

Nolaila, ike ae la o Lonoikamakahiki ua makaukau na mea ana i kauoha ai mamua o kona hele ana i ka auau, alaila, paina iho la oia, mamua o ka Kamalalawalu inu ana i kona awa.

While Pupuakea was preparing the chicken, Kamalalawalu took particular notice of the peculiar manner in which Pupuakea was doing it and rather admired the manner in which it was being done.

After partaking of the awa and finishing their meal, the kings played konane, and during the game Kamalalawalu said to Lonoikamakahiki: “Say, I rather like your servant. Should you go home, let your servant remain with me.” Lonoikamakahiki replied: “He is not a servant of mine, he is my notable and younger brother. You can not have him.” Therefore Kamalalawalu said: “If he is your notable and your general also, then I say to you, it is a low shelf which the rats will get at.”66 Lonoikamakahiki retorted: “He is a small maika that can cover a long course.”

After Lonoikamakahiki had finished talking, Kamalalawalu, pointing to Makakuikalani, said: “There is my notable, my general, and my younger brother also.”

Because Kamalalawalu ridiculed Lonoikamakahiki’s general, Pupuakea, Lonoikamakahiki, referring to Kamalalawalu’s statement, “This my notable,” remarked: “He is hollow; the swirl of the war club would stagger him; a touch of the club would kill him.” In consequence of this remark of Lonoikamakahiki, Kamalalawalu replied: “He is the shrivelled banana of Kaea, which will not ripen in ten days.”

I ka manawa a Pupuakea e hana ana i ka moa nana pono mai la o Kamalalawalu, i ke kupanaha o ka Pupuakea hana ana, a makemake mai la.

A pau ka laua inu awa ana a me ka paina ana, konane iho la ua mau alii nei. A iloko o ko laua manawa konane, olelo aku la o Kamalalawalu ia Lonoikamakahiki: “E, makemake aku la ka hoi au i kau kauwa, a i hoi oe ea, noho iho kau kauwa me a’u.” I aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kamalalawalu: “Aole ia he kauwa na’u, o ko’u kaulana aina no ia, a o ko’u kaikaina ponoi no ia. Aole e loaa aku ia oe.”

A lohe o Kamalalawalu i keia olelo a Lonoikamakahiki i ka i ana, o ko’u kaulana aina no ia, nolaila olelo aku o Kamalalawalu: “Ina o kau kaulana aina kela, a o kou pukaua hoi ia, alaila ke olelo aku nei au, haahaa, haka pau i ka iole.” I aku o Lonoikamakahiki: “O ka iki ulu makua ia nana e kaa ke kahualoa e pau ai.”

A pau hoi ka Lonoikamakahiki olelo ana, alaila olelo aku o Kamalalawalu, me ke kuhikuhi ae ia Makakuikalani: “Ei ae no hoi ko’u kaulana aina, o ka’u pukaua no hoi keia, o ko’u kaikaina no.”

A no ka Kamalalawalu hoohenehene ana i ko Lonoikamakahiki pukaua ia Pupuakea, nolaila olelo aku ai o Lonoikamakahiki i ka Kamalalawalu olelo ana: “O ko’u kaulana aina no hoi keia.” A nolaila o Lonoikamakahiki i olelo aku ai: “E, hakahaka, i ke ehu no o ka laau palau, kulana, aiwa a papa laau aku, o ka make no ia.”

A no ka olelo ana mai a Lonoikamakahiki pela, i aku o Kamalalawalu: “O ka lila maia ia o Kaea, aole e pala i ke anahulu.”

The passage of words between Lonoikamakahiki and Kamalalawalu were treasured and stored up within themselves. After a considerable time following the events narrated, and subsequent to the return of Lonoikamakahiki from his tour, Kamalalawalu entertained the idea to destroy by war the chiefs of Hawaii in consequence of reports having been brought of Lonoikamakahiki’s strength and his success in war.

Iloko o keia mau olelo a Lonoikamakahiki me Kamalalawalu, waiho wale iloko o laua ia mea. A he mau manawa he nui mahope iho o keia mau hana a laua, i ka manawa i hoi aku ai o Lonoikamakahiki mai kana huakai kaapuni aku, manao ae la o Kamalalawalu e luku aku ma ke kaua i na ’lii o Hawaii, no ka mea, ua kui aku la ka lono o ko Lonoikamakahiki ikaika a me ka lanakila i ke kaua.

Kamalalawalu dispatched his own child Kauhiokalani, otherwise known as Kauhiakama, for Hawaii instructing him thus: “You go to learn the number of people there are on Hawaii, and on your return report to me.”

A o Kauhiokalani, ka Kamalalawalu keiki ponoi; o Kauhiakama hoi kekahi inoa ona. Hoouna aku la o Kamalalawalu i kana keiki e holo i Hawaii, me ka i aku: “E holo oe e nana i ka nui o na kanaka o Hawaii, hoi mai oe a hai mai ia’u.”

In accordance with the wish of Kamalalawalu, Kauhiokalani, otherwise known as Kauhiakama, sailed for Hawaii. He arrived at Kohala at a landing place for canoes known as Puakea. Having arrived there, the canoes were put ashore and he began his itinerary along the coast of Kohala until he reached Kawaihae. On his journey he found very few people. [336]

Nolaila, e like me ko Kamalalawalu makemake, holo aku la o Kauhiokalani ka mea i kapaia o Kauhiakama i Hawaii. Ia holo ana, pae mua aku la oia ma Kohala, ma ke awa pae waa i oleloia o Puakea. A hiki oia malaila kau na waa, hele aku la ma na kahakai o Kohala a hiki i Kawaihae; aka aole i loaa nui na kanaka ia ia ma ia hele ana aku, he kakaikahi loa. [337]

Kauhiakama thence travelled on from there to Kona Kapalilua, at the boundary of Kau and Kona, not meeting many people. He continued on until he made the circuit of Hawaii, without seeing a great many people. At Kapaau, Kohala, on his homeward journey, there was congregated a large concourse of people at the athletic grounds called Hinakahua, it being customary for the people to gather together at this place for athletic contests.

Hele aku la ua o Kauhiakama mai laila aku a hiki i Kona, i Kapalilua, ma ka palena o Kau a me Kona, aole no ia i halawai nui me na kanaka. Pela kana hele ana a puni o Hawaii, aole oia i ike i ka lehulehu o na kanaka i loaa ia ia. Hoi mai oia a ma Kohala ma Kapaau; ia manawa, e akoakoa ana na kanaka he lehulehu malaila, ma ke kahua mokomoko i oleloia o Hinakahua. No ka mea, he mea mau ma ia wahi, ka akoakoa mau i kela la keia la i ka mokomoko.

Kauhiakama remarked: “I thought Hawaii had more people, but not so; it is only noted as being a large island, but as to the inhabitants there are very few. If the people on the route of my travel were only as numerically large as the people of this place, it would be something, but I find it is not so.”

I iho la o Kauhiakama: “Kai noa ua nui aku ko Hawaii nei mau kanaka, aole ka; he kaulana wale iho no ka he moku nui, a o ke kanaka, he uuku loa. Ina la hoi e like ka nui o na kanaka o kahi a’u i hele ae nei e makaikai e like me koonei mau wahi kanaka, ina la hoi e aho ia; aole, he ole loa no ka.”

Kauhiakama, having observed the population of Kohala during this circuit, returned to Maui. Upon arrival there, Kamalalawalu asked him: “How is Hawaii?” Kauhiakama replied: “Kohala is depopulated; the people are only at the beach, because during my circuit of Hawaii I did not find a large number of them. I first arrived at Kohala, then traveled along its shore until Kawaihae was reached and did not meet a solitary man. At the place of my landing, however, I met a few, not exceeding forty, perhaps, and at Kawaihae there were some places with few men. I proceeded from Kawaihae through Kona to a part of Kau, all the way not meeting many people. That is the most desolate place, composed of nothing but clinkers. I continued my circuit from Kau to Puna, Hilo and Hamakua. I do not recollect coming in contact with three four hundred (1200) men. On my way to Kohala I found it to be the only locality which contained some people. Kohala is depopulated; the people are only at the beach.”

Kamalalawalu having heard this report from his son Kauhiakama ordered Makakuikalani to make preparations for war. It has been mentioned in this narrative that two men came from Hawaii who urged Kamalalawalu to give battle to Hawaii, being Kauhipaewa and Kihapaewa, the sons of Kumaikeau and another. According to the old historians it was Lonoikamakahiki himself who sent these two men to urge Kamalalawalu to go to war with Hawaii. And this is the story told concerning the two men.

Because of Lonoikamakahiki’s intense desire to wage battle with Kamalalawalu, the former sent Kauhipaewa and Kihapaewa to consult Kamalalawalu concerning it. These two men arrived before Kamalalawalu without the latter knowing that they were emissaries from Lonoikamakahiki. On the occasion of the two men meeting Kamalalawalu, they remarked: “Go and make war on Hawaii, as you can take it if you give battle, because Lonoikamakahiki has no power, nor has his general either.” Because of the remarks of these two men to Kamalalawalu, he harbored the idea of going to Hawaii to wage war.

A ike iho la o Kauhiakama i ka nui o na kanaka o Kohala ma ia kaapuni ana, alaila hoi aku la oia a hiki i Maui. Iaia i hiki aku ai i Maui, ninau mai la o Kamalalawalu: “Pehea o Hawaii?” I aku o Kauhiakama: “Leiwi Kohala i ka nuku na kanaka; no ka mea, ma ka’u hele ana aku nei a puni o Hawaii, aole i loaa nui ia’u na kanaka. Ma Kohala kuu kau mua ana aku, hele aku la wau ma na kahakai olaila a hiki i Kawaihae, aole au i halawai me kekahi kanaka hookahi. Aka, ma kahi a’u i kau aku ai, ua halawai au me kekahi poe, aole nae paha i kanaha, a ma Kawaihae, pau no na wahi kanaka iki. Hele aku au mai Kawaihae aku a hiki i Kona a kau wahi o Kau, aole au i halawai pu me na kanaka he lehulehu; o kahi akua loa aku he a-a wale no. Kaapuni hou aku wau mai Kau aku a Puna, Hilo, a me Hamakua, aole paha i akolu lau kanaka i halawai me a’u. A i ko’u hiki ana mai ma Kohala, oia wale no ka aina kanaka a’u i ike aku nei. He leiwi no Kohala, eia i ka nuku na kanaka.”

No keia lohe ana o Kamalalawalu i ka olelo a kana keiki a Kauhiakama, nolaila hoolale ae la o ua o Kamalalawalu ia Makakuikalani, e hoomakaukau no ke kaua.

Ua oleloia nae ma keia moolelo, na kekahi mau kanaka i holo mai mai Hawaii mai i paipai ia Kamalalawalu e kii e kaua ia Hawaii, na Kauhipaewa a me Kihapaewa, na keiki a Kumaikeau ma. Wahi a ka olelo ia e kekahi poe kahiko malama moolelo, na Lonoikamakahiki no i hoouna mai i kela mau kanaka, e holo mai e paipai ia Kamalalawalu e kii e kaua ia Hawaii.

A penei ka moolelo o ia hana ana a kela mau kanaka: No ka manao nui o Lonoikamakahiki e kaua me Kamalalawalu, nolaila, hoouna aku la o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kauhipaewa a me Kihapaewa e kuka pu me Kamalalawalu, no ke kaua. A hiki mai la ua mau kanaka nei i o Kamalalawalu la, me ka ike ole o Kamalalawalu, he mau kanaka keia mai ko Lonoikamakahiki alo mai. I ka manawa i halawai ai ua mau kanaka nei me Kamalalawalu, olelo aku la: “E kii ae oe e kaua ia Hawaii; e lilo ana no o Hawaii ia oe ke kii aku e kaua, no ka mea, aole he ikaika o Lonoikamakahiki a me ke kaulana aina ona.” A no ka olelo ana a kela mau kanaka pela ia Kamalalawalu, nolaila o Kamalalawalu i manao ai e holo aku i Hawaii e kaua ai. A oia ka mea i olelo ia e ka poe kahiko.

The following is said by some of the ancient historians to be the correct narrative: Because of Lonoikamakahiki’s desire to test the strength of their two generals, putting into effect the compliments exchanged between them at the time of the awa drinking both Kihapea and Kauhipea said to Kamalalawalu: “If you should sail for Hawaii to give battle to Lonoikamakahiki, let us carry on the war from the top of Puuoaoaka and Hokuula. Let us occupy these places first; we will then possess the [338]stones67 on the heights and compel Lonoikamakahiki to do his fighting from below; we, being above, would only have to roll the rocks and thus will the people of Hawaii be defeated by those of Maui.”

So said these men to Kamalalawalu, which was nothing more nor less than deception, expressed so as to bring about Kamalalawalu’s destruction. It was only by such means that Kamalalawalu’s high ambitions were aroused to wage war against Lonoikamakahiki.

A penei hoi ka olelo a kekahi poe malama moolelo. Ua oleloia penei:

No ko Lonoikamakahiki makemake e ike i ka ikaika o na Pukaua o laua, e like me na olelo hoole aku a hoole mai a laua no na pukaua elua, mahope iho o ka laua inu awa ana. A penei hoi ke ano o ka Kihapea a me Kauhipea ia Kamalalawalu: “Ina i [339]holo ae oe i Hawaii e kaua me Lonoikamakahiki, ahai aku auanei ka kakou kaua iluna o Puuoaoaka a me Hokuula, i paa e ia wahi ia kakou, lilo e ia kakou na pohaku, i kahi kiekie, i lilo auanei ka Lonoikamakahiki kaua malalo mai, he hoonee wale no ka luna mai a o ka hee no ia o ka Hawaii i ka Maui.” Pela ka ua mau kanaka nei olelo ia Kamalalawalu. Aole nae he olelo oiaio a ua mau kanaka nei ia Kamalalawalu, aka, e nolu ana i mea e pio ai ko Kamalalawalu aoao. Ma keia ano wale no i lana nui ai o Kamalalawalu e hele e kaua ia Lonoikamakahiki.

CHAPTER XII.

The Return of Kauhipaewa to Hawaii.—Kamalalawalu sails for Hawaii.

MOKUNA XII.

Ka Hoi Ana o Kauhipaewa a me Kihapaewa i Hawaii.—Ka Holo Ana o Kamalalawalu i Hawaii.

After Kauhipaewa and his companion made their final statement to Kamalalawalu concerning war they immediately returned to Hawaii. Upon their arrival at Hawaii, Lonoikamakahiki was then residing at Puako, awaiting the return of Kauhipaewa and his companion. Upon their arrival the king inquired as to their mission. They made report as to conversations had with Kamalalawalu. Lonoikamakahiki then made preparations for war, so as to be ready when Kamalalawalu made his appearance. After Kauhipaewa and his companion had departed for Hawaii Kamalalawalu made preparations to sail thither for war.

Mahope iho o ka Kauhipaewa ma kamailio ana ia Kamalalawalu no ke kaua, alaila hoi aku la laua i Hawaii. A i ka hiki ana aku i Hawaii, e noho ana o Lonoikamakahiki i Puako ia manawa, e kali ana no ia Kauhipaewa ma i ka hoi aku. A hiki aku la laua, ninau mai la ke alii i ka laua mea i hoouna ia aku ai; alaila, hai aku la laua e like me ka laua kamailio ana me Kamalalawalu. Alaila hoomakaukau ae la o Lonoikamakahiki e like me ke kaua, i makaukau ai oia no ka hiki mai o Kamalalawalu. A hala aku la o Kauhipaewa ma i Hawaii; alaila, hoomakaukau ae la o Kamalalawalu no ka holo i ke kaua i Hawaii.

Lanikaula observed that preparations were being made to sail to Hawaii to wage war on Lonoikamakahiki, so said to Kamalalawalu: “Where are you? Preparing these canoes of yours to go where?” Kamalalawalu replied: “To sail to fight Lonoikamakahiki.” Lanikaula replied: “You will not defeat Lonoikamakahiki, because no amount of strength will ever overcome Lonoikamakahiki, for the reason that you are a human being and he a god.” Kamalalawalu made answer: “Kauhiakama says Kohala is depopulated; the people are only at the beach.” To this remark of Kamalalawalu, Lanikaula replied: “You sent your son Kauhiakama to investigate as to how many people there were on Hawaii. He returned and made his report to you that there were not many people there, but Kauhiakama did not see the number of people in Kohala because he traveled on the seashore, reaching Kona from Kawaihae and arrived on the heights of Huehue. He could not have seen the people of that locality because there were only clinkers there, having proceeded along by way of Kona until he arrived at Kau. If he had traveled along the Kona route in the early morning he could not have met people at that time because the inhabitants of that section had gone to the uplands and some had gone fishing; those remaining home were only the feeble and sick, therefore the people of Kona could not have been seen by Kauhiakama on his tour. Had he gone during the evening he would surely have seen the large population of Kona because it is the largest district of Hawaii.”

A ike ae la o Lanikaula, e hoomakaukau ana no ka holo i Hawaii i ke kaua me Lonoikamakahiki, i aku la o Lanikaula ia Kamalalawalu: “Auhea oe, e hoomakaukau ana keia mau waa ou a hele ihea?” I aku la o Kamalalawalu: “E holo ana e kaua me Lonoikamakahiki.” I aku o Lanikaula: “Aole e hee o Lonoikamakahiki ia oe, no ka mea, aole he ikaika nui e loaa ai o Lonoikamakahiki, no ka mea, he kanaka oe, a he akua kela.” I aku o Kamalalawalu: “Ka! Ua olelo mai o Kauhiakama, he leiwi wale no Kohala, eia i ka nuku na kanaka.” A no keia olelo ana aku o Kamalalawalu pela ia Lanikaula, olelo aku la o Lanikaula: “Hoouna aku nei oe i ko keiki (Kauhiakama) e hele e makaikai i ka nui o na kanaka o Hawaii, a hoi mai la, a hai mai la ia oe, aole he nui o na kanaka o Hawaii. Aka, ike ole aku la o Kauhiakama i ka nui o na kanaka o Kohala, no ka mea, ma kahakai ka hele ana; a hele aku la a hiki i Kona, hele aku la mai Kawaihae aku a hoea iluna o Huehue, aole no e ike i na kanaka olaila, no ka mea he a-a wale no; aka, hele aku la ma Kona loa a hiki i Kau, ina i ke kakahiaka nui ka hele ana ma Kona, aole e loaa kanaka ia wa, no ka mea, ua pau na kanaka o ia wahi iuka a o kekahi poe, ua pau i ka lawaia, a o ka poe koe iho he poe palupalu; a nolaila ka loaa ole o na kanaka o Kona ia Kauhiakama ma ia hele ana. Aka, ina ma ke ahiahi ka hele ana, ina ua ike i ka nui o na kanaka o Kona, no ka mea, o ka okana nui hookahi ia o Hawaii.”

These observations of Lanikaula did not make much of an impression on Kamalalawalu. He still inclined to the idea of war. Lanikaula observed that Kamalalawalu was bent on going to war. He therefore spoke to Kamalalawalu again: “If you [340]intend to go to war with Lonoikamakahiki, then your grounds should be at Anaehoomalu; and should Lonoikamakahiki come to meet you, then let the battle be fought at Pohakuloa, it being a narrow place; then you will be victorious over Hawaii.”

Kamalalawalu answered: “You do not know, because I was distinctly told by both Kauhipaewa and Kihapaewa that our battle field should be on Hokuula and Puuoaoaka, it being a place of eminence. Lanikaula again said: “You are being deceived by the sons of Kumaikeau and others; you have been led astray, therefore listen to me, for if you heed not my admonitions I do not think that you will ever come home to Maui nei again.”

Ma keia olelo a Lanikaula, aole nae he hoomaopopo nui o Kamalalawalu ia olelo, aka hoomau no o Kamalalawalu i kona manao kaua. A ike mai la o Lanikaula, ua paakiki loa ko Kamalalawalu manao no ke kaua, olelo aku la o Lanikaula ia Kamalalawalu: [341]“Ina i manao oe e kii ia Lonoikamakahiki e kaua, aia kou kahua e noho ai o Anaehoomalu, ina e hiki mai ke kaua a Lonoikamakahiki i o oukou la, alaila, hoihoi aku ke kaua i Pohakuloa e hoouka ai i kahi haiki, alaila lanakila oukou maluna o ka Hawaii.” I aku la o Kamalalawalu: “Aole oe i ike, no ka mea, ua olelo maopopo loa ia mai au e Kauhipaewa laua o Kihapaewa, aia ko makou kahua kaua iluna o Hokuula a me Puuoaoaka; he wahi kau iluna.” I hou aku o Lanikaula: “Puni aku la oe i na keiki a Kumaikeau ma, nolu ia mai la oe; nolaila, e hoolohe oe i ka’u; a ina e hoolohe ole oe i ka’u olelo, aole wau e manao ana e hoi kino mai ana oe ia Maui nei.”

Kamalalawalu became indignant at Lanikaula’s remarks and drove him away. But Lanikaula, out of sympathy for the king, did not cease to again give him warning: “Kamalalawalu! You are very persistent to have war. This is what I have to say to you: Better hold temple services these few days before you proceed. Propitiate the gods first, then go.” But Kamalalawalu would not harken to the words of Lanikaula, therefore he ended his remarks. Makakuikalani made the preparations of the war canoes in accordance with the strict orders of Kamalalawalu.

When the canoes and the several generals, together with all the men, including the war canoes of Kamalalawalu, were ready floating in the harbor of Hamoa, Lanikaula came forth and in the presence of King Kamalalawalu and his war canoes prophesied in chant his last words to Kamalalawalu:

A no ka Lanikaula olelo ana ia Kamalalawalu pela, alaila wela ae la ko Kamalalawalu inaina no Lanikaula, a hookuke aku la. Aka, aole i hooki o Lanikaula, i kana olelo aku ia Kamalalawalu, no ka minamina no i ke alii; alaila olelo aku la no oia (Lanikaula): “E Kamalalawalu, ke paakiki loa nei oe i ke kaua; a eia ka’u ia oe. E pono ke kapu heiau i keia mau la, mamua o kou hele ana, e hoomalielie mua i ke akua, alaila hele.” Aka, o Kamalalawalu ma keia olelo ana a Lanikaula, aole no i maliu mai. Nolaila pau ae la ka Lanikaula olelo ana. Mahope iho o ka Lanikaula olelo ana ia Kamalalawalu, alaila, hoomakaukau ae la o Makakuikalani i na waa kaua, mamuli o ke kauoha ikaika a Kamalalawalu. A i ka makaukau ana o na waa a me na pukaua e ae, a me na kanaka a pau, a ike ae la ua o Lanikaula ua makaukau na waa kaua o Kamalalawalu, a e lana ana i ke awa o Hamoa; ia manawa, hele mai o Lanikaula, a wanana mai la imua o ke alii Kamalalawalu a me na waa kaua a pau, oiai e lana ana na waa o ke alii i ke kai. A penei kana wanana ma ke mele, a o ka Lanikaula olelo hope ia ia Kamalalawalu. A penei:

The red koae! The white koae!68

The koae that flies steadily on,

Mounting up like the stars.

To me the moon is low.69

It is a god,

Your god, Lono;

A god that grows and shines.

Puuiki, Puunui.

At Puuloa, at Puupoko;

At Puukahanahana,

At the doings of the god of Lono.

Lono the small container,

Lono the large container.

Puunahe the small,

Puunahe the large.

By Hana, you swim out,

By Moe you swim in.

My popolo70 is mine own,

The popolo that grows by the wayside

Is plucked by Kaiokane,

Is watched over by Kaiowahine.

We two to Kahulikini,

Numberless,

Vast, without number, countless

Are we, O Kama.

Let us two to Anaehoomalu,

O my chief.

Koae ula ke koae kea,

Koae lele pauma ana;

Kiekie iluna ka hoku,

Haahaa i au ka malama.

He akua ko akua o Lono,

He akua e ulu e lama ana;

Puuiki, Puunui,

I Puuloa, i Puupoko,

I Puukahanahana,

I ka hana a ke akua o Lono;

O Lono ka ipu iki,

O Lono ka ipu nui,

O Puunahe iki,

O Puunahe nui,

Na Hana au aku,

Na Moe au mai,

Na’u no ka’u popolo,

He popolo ku kapa alanui;

I aho’ hia e Kaiokane

I hakaia e Kaiowahine;

O kaua i Kahulikini-e,

He ki-ni,

He kini, he lehu, he mano,

Kaua, e Kama-e

I Anaehoomalu kaua

E kuu alii hoi-e.

At the end of Lanikaula’s prophesy as made in the chant Kamalalawalu set sail with his large convoy of war canoes. It is mentioned in this tradition relative to the number of canoes of Kamalalawalu that the rear war canoes were at Hamoa, Hana, and the van at Puakea, Kohala; but at the time of this narrative the opinions of the ancients differed as to the accuracy of this. Some say that the number of canoes is greatly exaggerated.

A pau ka Lanikaula olelo wanana ana ma ke mele e like me ka hoike ana maluna, alaila, holo aku la o Kamalalawalu me kona mau waa kaua he nui.

Ua oleloia ma keia moolelo, o ka nui o na waa o Kamalalawalu aia ka maka hope o na waa kaua i Hamoa ma Hana, a o ka maka mua hoi o na waa, aia i Puakea ma Kohala. Aka hoi, ma ka manawa o keia moolelo, aole he like o ka manao o ka poe hahiko ma keia mea. Ua manao kekahi poe he wahahee ka mea i oleloia no ka nui o na waa.

Kamalalawalu having arrived at Hawaii, Kauhipaewa and Kihapaewa were stationed at Puako, in accordance with the wishes of Lonoikamakahiki. At the first meeting that Kamalalawalu had with Kauhipaewa and others, Kumaikeau and others [342](who were men from the presence of Lonoikamakahiki) said to Kamalalawalu: “Carry the canoes inland; take the outriggers off so that should the Hawaii forces be defeated in battle they would not use the flotilla of Maui to escape. When they find that the outriggers have all been taken apart and the victors overtake them the slaughter will be yours.” Kamalalawalu did as he was told to do by the two old men.

A hiki aku la o Kamalalawalu i Hawaii, ua hoonohoia o Kauhipaewa me Kihapaewa ma Puako, e like me ka makemake o Lonoikamakahiki. Ia manawa a Kamalalawalu i halawai mua ai me Kauhipaewa ma, olelo aku o Kumaikeau ma, he mau [343]kanaka no ko Lonoikamakahiki alo, me ka olelo aku ia Kamalalawalu: “E Kamalalawalu, lawe ia na waa iuka lilo, wehewehe ke ama a me ka iako, i kaua ia a hee ka Hawaii ia oukou, malia o holo ke auhee pio, a manao o ka auwaa o ka Maui ka mea e holo ai, i hiki aku ia, ua pau ka iako i ka hemohemo, i loaa mai ia i ka lanakila, alaila na oukou no ka make.” A e like me ka olelo a kela mau elemakule ia Kamalalawalu, alaila, hana aku la o Kamalalawalu e like me ka kela mau kanaka.

When Kamalalawalu arrived at Kohala, Lonoikamakahiki had his army in readiness. Kamalalawalu learning that Kanaloakuaana was still living at Waimea he concluded that his first battle should be fought with Kanaloakuaana and at Kaunooa. Kanaloakuaana was completely routed and pursued by the soldiers of Kamalalawalu, and Kauhiakama, and Kanaloakuaana was captured at Puako. At this battle the eyes of Kanaloakuaana were gouged out by the Maui forces, the eye sockets pierced by darts, and he was then killed, the eyes of Kanaloakuaana being tatued.

I ka manawa a Kamalalawalu i hiki aku ai ma Kohala, ua makaukau mua na puali kaua o Lonoikamakahiki. Aka, lohe ae la ua o Kamalalawalu, eia no o Kanaloakuaana i Waimea kahi i noho ai, hoouka mua iho la o Kamalalawalu me Kanaloakuaana i Kaunooa. A hee mai la o Kanaloakuaana; a alualu loa mai la ko Kamalalawalu poe koa a me Kauhiakama pu, a loaa pio iho la o Kanaloakuaana ma Puako; a ma ia hoouka kaua hou ana, poaloia ae la na maka o Kanaloakuaana e ko Maui kaua, a oo ia ae la na maka i ke kao hee, pepehiia iho la a make; ua kakauia nae na maka o Kanaloakuaana i ka uhi.

Because of this action on the part of Kamalalawalu’s men the landing place for the canoes at Puako was called Kamakahiwa,71 and to this day is known by that name and may ever remain so to the end of this race. Because of the perpetration of this dastardly act on Kanaloakuaana the following was composed by a writer of chants, being the middle portion of a chant called “Koauli”:

A oia hana ana a ko Kamalalawalu poe koa ia Kanaloakuaana, nolaila ua kapaia ka inoa oia awa pae waa ma Puako o Kamakahiwa, a o ka inoa ia o ia wahi a hiki mai i keia manawa, a hiki aku i ka hanauna hope loa o keia lahui.

A no ia hana ia ana o Kanaloakuaana pela, ua hanaia e ka poe haku mele penei, oia hoi ma ka hapa waena o ke mele i oleloia o Koauli, penei:

The drawing out of Kama, the ohia tree;

The letting out of Kama at Waimea,

The kin of Kanaloa.72

He was made black like the mud-hen.

The face was blackened,

Blackened was the face of Kanaloa with fire.

The face of Kanaloa,

With burning fire.

Let me scratch the face

Of Makakii.

You poked at the eyes of Kamalea,73

Makahiwa, Makalau.

The men were from Hoohila,

Of Makakaile.

The face of Makakaile the large one, the life.

Kikenui of Ewa.

At Ewa is the fish that knows man’s presence.74

The foreskin of Loe, consecrated in the presence of Mano

The chief, heralded75 by the drum of Hawea,76

The declaration drum

Of Laamaikahiki.

Ke koana o Kama, ka ohia,

Ko Kama kuu i Waimea,

Ka io o Kanaloa,

He ele he Alaea;

O ka maka i kuia;

I welo’a i ke kao o Kanaloa;

Ko Kanaloa maka

A lalapa no

E uwalo wau i ka maka

O Makakii;

E o mai oe i ko kamalea maka,

O Makahiwa, Makalau;

No Hoohila ka lau.

O Makakaile.

Ka maka o Makakaile nui a ola;

Kikenui a Ewa

No Ewa ka ia i ka maka o Paweo

No Loe ka ili lolo i ka maka o Mano

Ke alii ke Olowalu o ka pahu o Hawea

Ha pahu hai kanaka

O Laamaikahiki.

This chant is dedicated to the eyes of Kanaloakuaana as indicated by the verses.

O keia mele i hai ia maluna no ka maka o Kanaloakuaana, e like me ka hoakaka ana ma na pauku maluna ae o kela mele.

CHAPTER XIII.

The Battle at Waimea.—Conquest by Lonoikamakahiki—Defeat and Death of Kamalalawalu.

MOKUNA XIII.

Ka Hoouka Kaua Ana ma Waimea.—Ka Lanakila Ana o Lonoikamakahiki.—Auhee o Kamalalawalu me Kona Make Ana.

After the death of Kanaloakuaana by Kamalalawalu, and in obedience to the statements of the old men for the Maui war contingent to go to Waimea and locate at Puuoaoaka and Hokuula, Kamalalawalu and his men proceeded to the locality as indicated by them. The Maui forces followed and after locating at Hokuula awaited the [344]coming fray. On the day Kamalalawalu and his men went up to Waimea to occupy Hokuula the two deceitful old men at the time were with Kamalalawalu. In the early morning when Kamalalawalu awoke from sleep he beheld the men from Kona and those of Kau, Puna, Hilo, Hamakua and Kohala had also been assembled.

Mahope iho o ka make ana o Kanaloakuaana ia Kamalalawalu ma, a e like hoi me ka olelo a na elemakule, e hoi iuka o Waimea, ma Puuoaoaka a me Hokuula e hoonoho ai ko Maui poe kaua, a nolaila ua hoi aku la o Kamalalawalu ma a ma kahi a ua mau elemakule nei i kuhikuhi ai. [345]

Hoi aku la ko Maui poe a noho ma Hokuula e kali ana no ka hoouka kaua ana. I ka la a Kamalalawalu ma i pii ai iuka o Waimea a noho ma Hokuula, a o ua mau elemakule nolunolu la no kekahi me Kamalalawalu ma i kela manawa. A ma ia po a ao ae, ma ke kekahiakanui i ka manawa i ala ae ai ko Kamalalawalu hiamoe, aia hoi, ua kuahaua ia mai la na kanaka o Kona, ko Kau a o Puna a me Hilo, o Hamakua hoi a me Kohala.

Kamalalawalu looked and saw that the lava from Keohe to Kaniku was one red mass. Kamalalawalu was astonished, because the day before he observed that the lava was one mass of black, but this morning it was entirely red with people. Thereupon Kamalalawalu inquired of Kumaikeau and the others why the lava was a mass of red: “What does red portend? Does it mean war?” Kumaikeau and the others replied: “Do not think the red you see is some other red and not what you assume it to be. It is not war. That red yonder is the wind. The olauniu wind of Kalahuipuaa and Puako had been blowing in the early morning and when it is very light and gentle it hugs the lava close. This olauniu wind on the lava coming in contact with the wind from Wainaualii raises a cloud of dust covering and hiding the land in the manner you saw yesterday. While cogitating to himself, Kamalalawalu concluded to drop the matter on account of the deceit of the two old men and the loss of confidence in what Kumaikeau and the others had said, for the reason that the lava continued to be strewn with people even to the time of the setting sun. During that night and including the following morning the Kona men arrived and were assigned to occupy a position from Puupa to Haleapala. The Kau and Puna warriors were stationed from Holoholoku to Waikoloa. Those of Hilo and Hamakua were located from Mahiki to Puukanikanihia, while those of Kohala guarded from Momoualoa to Waihaka.

Nana aku la o Kamalalawalu he ula wale la no na ke a, mai Keohe a Kaniku; ia manawa haohao no o Kamalalawalu i keia mea; no ka mea, i ka Kamalalawalu ike ana i ka la mua he uliuli ke a; a i keia kakahiaka hoi, he ula pu wale la no i na kanaka.

Nolaila, ninau ae la o Kamalalawalu: “Ea, e Kumaikeau ma, ula pu hoi ke a, heaha keia ula, he kaua paha?” I aku o Kumaikeau ma: “Aole paha ia ula au e ike la, he ula e ae, a manao aku oe he kaua ia. Aole ia he kaua. Oia ula la ea, he makani, pa aku la ka makani Olauniu o Kalahuipuaa a me Puako i ka wanaao, a malamalama loa, pili-a aku la, komo aku la keia Olauniu a pili-a aku la, hui aku la me ko Wainanalii makani, ku ae la ke ehu o ka lepo, uhia aku la nalo wale ke a au i ike ai i ka la inehinei.” A no kela olelo nolu a kela mau elemakule, oki wale iho la no o Kamalalawalu, a waiho wale iloko ona ia manao, no ka mea, aole he hilinai nui i kela olelo a Kumaikeau ma, no ka mea, ua mau ka paa ana o ke a i na kanaka a hiki i ka napoo ana o ka la. Ma ia po iho, a ao ae, hiki mai la ko Kona poe a hoonoho mai la mai kai o Puupa a hiki i Haleapala. A o ko Kau hoi a me ko Puna, hoonoho ae la ka lakou poe mai Holoholoku a Waikoloa. A o ko Hilo a me ko Hamakua mai, hoonoho mai la ko lakou poe kaua mai Mahiki a Puukanikanihia. A o ko Kohala hoi, pania ia mai la e na kanaka mai Momoualoa a Waihaka.

That morning Kamalalawalu observed that the lowlands were literally covered with almost countless men. Kamalalawalu then took a survey of his own men and realized that his forces were inferior in numbers. He then spoke to Kumaikeau and the others: “Kumaikeau and the rest of you, how is this and what is that large concourse of people below?”

Ia kakahiaka, nana aku la o Kamalalawalu, ua uhi paa puia mai olalo i na kanaka, aole o kana mai. Alaila, nana ae la o Kamalalawalu ia lakou ua uuku loa; alaila, olelo aku la o Kamalalawalu ia Kumaikeau ma: “Ea! E Kumaikeau ma, pehea keia? Heaha keia lehulehu olalo?”

Kumaikeau and the others replied: “We have never seen so many people in Hawaii before. Do not think that because of their superior numbers they will escape us; they cannot, for the reason that their fighting will have to be from below. It is true they are more numerous, but being beneath we will defeat them.”

I aku o Kumaikeau ma: “Akahi no au a ike i ka nui o na kanaka o Hawaii nei. Mai manao nae oe ia nui, e pakele ana ia kakou. Aole e pakele, aia ka lakou kaua malalo, he nui lakou, o ko lakou kaa malalo, make no ia kakou.”

The following day, Lonoikamakahiki went over to meet Kamalalawalu to confer concerning the war.77 During their conference Kamalalawalu proposed to Lonoikamakahiki that war cease because he feared the greater forces of Lonoikamakahiki. But the proposal by Kamalalawalu for termination of the war did not meet Lonoikamakahiki’s approval. He had no intention of acquiescing, because he was greatly incensed at Kamalalawalu for the brutal manner in which he killed Kanaloakuaana by gouging out the eyes and other brutal acts carried into execution while the latter was still alive.

I kekahi la ae, hele aku la o Lonoikamakahiki e halawai me Kamalalawalu, e kuka no ke kaua. A i ko laua kamailio ana, olelo aku o Kamalalawalu ia Lonoikamakahiki, e hoopau wale ke kaua, no ka mea, ua hopo mai la o Kamalalawalu no ka nui loa o ka Lonoikamakahiki kaua. Aka, ma kela olelo kaua a Kamalalawalu e hoopau wale ke kaua, aohe manao o Lonoikamakahiki e hoopau, e like me ka Kamalalawalu olelo, no ka mea, ua wela ko Lonoikamakahiki huhu no Kamalalawalu, no ka pepehi hoomainoino ana ia Kanaloakuaana; oia hoi, ua poaloia na maka, a ua hoomainoino ia i ko Kanaloakuaana wa e ola okoa ana.

Makakuikalani, however, upon hearing of Kamalalawalu’s proposal to Lonoikamakahiki to cease the war disapproved of it and said to Kamalalawalu not to have the [346]war cease. “Onward, and stand on the altar!78 Then will it be known which of us is a full grown child.” This determination on the part of Makakuikalani was manifested by his presence for three consecutive days before the forces of Hawaii. After the third day, the two combatting forces waged battle, Lonoikamakahiki gaining the victory over Kamalalawalu’s entire force on the same day the battle was fought, the Maui-ites being completely routed.

Aka hoi, o Makakuikalani, i kona lohe ana ia Kamalalawalu ua olelo aku oia ia Lonoikamakahiki e hoopau i ke kaua, he mea makemake ole nae ia ia Makakuikalani. Oia hoi, ua olelo aku o ua Makakuikalani nei ia Kamalalawalu, aole e hoopau i ke kaua. “Ho aku imua a kau i ka nananuu; alaila ike ia na keiki makua o kakou.” A no ia manaopaa o Makakuikalani, hoike mau ae la oia imua o ko Hawaii kaua i kela la keia la pau na la ekolu. Mahope iho o na la ekolu, hoomaka iho la na aoao elua e [347]kaua, a iloko no o ua la hoouka kaua la, lanakila ae la o Lonoikamakahiki maluna o ko Kamalalawalu puali holookoa, a auhee aku la ko Maui a pau.

This is the history of the battle as related by the ancients and as the narrative is preserved by them. Before the battle commenced it was customary for the old men to encourage Kamalalawalu to do battle. Whenever the two old men heard what Kamalalawalu and the others had to say as to what they intended doing to Lonoikamakahiki in order to be victorious in battle, the old men would wend their way to make it known to Lonoikamakahiki and the others and this duty was generally carried out during some convenient time of night. The two old men always pointed out to Kamalalawalu and the others where the battle should be fought, and the suggestions of the old men were always received with the utmost confidence by him. Therefore Kumaikeau and the two deceitful old men would in turn inform Lonoikamakahiki. The two old men never suggested any place for battle which would result advantageously to Kamalalawalu and his forces; on the contrary, it was invariably such a locality where inevitable defeat would result.

A penei hoi ka moolelo oia hoouka kaua ana i oleloia e ka poe kahiko, ma ka lakou malama moolelo ana. Mamua o ka hoouka kaua ana, he mea mau i na elemakule ka paipai ana ia Kamalalawalu e kaua. Aia lohe ua mau elemakule nei i na olelo a Kamalalawalu ma, no na mea a lakou e hana aku ai ia Lonoikamakahiki, ma na mea e pili ana i ke kaua e lanakila ai ko lakou aoao, a e pio ai hoi ko Lonoikamakahiki, alaila, e hele aku auanei ua mau elemakule nei e hai aku ia Lonoikamakahiki ma, ma kekahi manawa kaawale o ka po. No ka mea, na ua mau elemakule nei no e kuhikuhi aku ia Kamalalawalu ma i ke kahua kahi e hoouka ai ke kaua ana. A e like me ke kuhikuhi ana a kela mau elemakule, e lilo auanei ia i olelo na Kamalalawalu e hilinai nui ai.

A no ia mea, hele aku no o Kumaikeau ma, ua mau elemakule nolu (apuka) nei a hai aku ia Lonoikamakahiki. Aole no e kuhikuhi ana ua mau elemakule nei i ke kahua kaua ma kahi e lanakila ai ko Kamalalawalu mau puali, aka, ma kahi e pio ai o Kamalalawalu ma, malaila no ka ua mau elemakule nei kahua kaua e hoonoho ai.

In the early morning of the day of battle, Makakuikalani went to the front with his warriors following him and planted themselves at Waikakanilua below Hokuula and Puuoaoaka at a prominence looking towards Waikoloa. Pupuakea, on observing that Makakuikalani was placing his men and self in position, he and his warriors immediately came forward prepared to give battle. It was a case where both sides were equally prepared for the fray.

I ka la o ka hoouka kaua, ma ke kakahiaka nui, hele aku la o Makakuikalani mamua, a o kona poe kaua mahope ona, a ma Waikakanilua, malalo aku o Hokuula a me Puuoaoaka, ma ka hulei e nana iho ana ia Waikoloa. Aka hoi, o Pupuakea, i kona ike ana mai ia Makakuikalani, e hoonoho aku ana me kona poe koa, alaila, hele mai la o Pupuakea me kona poe kaua, me ka makaukau hoi no ke kaua. Aka, ua makaukau no na aoao a elua no ke kaua.

Makakuikalani was a man of great height and large physique; a renowned and powerful general of Maui and was also Kamalalawalu’s younger brother. As for Pupuakea, Hawaii’s celebrated and powerful general and who was Lonoikamakahiki’s younger brother, he was only a man of small stature. Both men had been taught the art of fighting with the wooden club and were experts in its use, but their schooling was under different masters and at different places.

He kanaka nui a loihi o Makakuikalani, ka pukaua ikaika kaulana o Maui, ko Kamalalawalu kaikaina. A o Pupuakea hoi, ko Hawaii pukaua ikaika kaulana, ko Lonoikamakahiki kaikaina, he wahi kanaka uuku no ia, a haahaa hoi. Ua aoia no laua a elua i ke kaka laau palau, a ua akamai no laua a elua, aka, he kumu okoa ka kekahi a me kekahi, a ua aoia no laua ma na wahi kaawale. Aka, i ka la o ka hoouka kaua ana, ua weliweli mai la ko Lonoikamakahiki poe kaua, no ka ike ana mai ia Makakuikalani.

On the day of battle the sight of Makakuikalani put Lonoikamakahiki’s forces in dreadful fear. When Pupuakea saw Makakuikalani he had no fear of him, did not tremble but stood firm ready to give battle.

Aka, o Pupuakea, iloko o kona manawa i ike aku ai ia Makakuikalani, aole i komo mai iloko ona ka makau, aole no hoi oia i weliweli, aka, kupaa mau no oia e kaua aku ia Makakuikalani.

While Makakuikalani and Pupuakea were standing on the battle field, Makakuikalani raised his war club and from on high struck at Pupuakea. Being short in stature he was only slightly struck but fell to the ground, however. At the instant Makakuikalani’s war club struck Pupuakea the end of it was buried deep into the ground. At the moment Pupuakea was struck by the war club and fell Makakuikalani thought that he was killed, but the latter’s master saw that Pupuakea was not dead, so [348]said to Makakuikalani: “Go back and slay him for your opponent is not dead. Your clubbing being from above only delivered a blow with the butt end.” Makakuikalani hearing the words of his teacher turned around and threw the butt end of his club, at the same time telling him to “Shut up! Instruction stops at home. He cannot escape, he must be dead because the club strikes true.” At the very instant that Makakuikalani faced around to talk with his teacher, he (the teacher) was dead.

Ia Makakuikalani a me Pupuakea e ku ana ma ke kahua kaua, ia manawa, lawe ae la o Makakuikalani i kana laau palau a kiekie, a hahau iho la maluna iho o Pupuakea, a no ka haahaa o Pupuakea, ua pa lihi aku la o Pupuakea, aka, haule aku la o Pupuakea ilalo i ka honua. A o ka welau o ua laau palau la a Makakuikalani, iloko hoi o kona manawa i hahau aku ai ia Pupuakea, napoo pu aku la i ka lepo. I ka manawa i pa aku ai o Pupuakea i ka laau palau a Makakuikalani, a haule ilalo, manao ae la ua o Makakuikalani, ua make loa o Pupuakea. Aka, o ke kumu kaka laau a Makakuikalani, ka mea nana i ao o Makakuikalani, oia ka mea nana i ike mai o Pupuakea, aole i make; nolaila, olelo aku ua kumu kaka laau la a Makakuikalani: “E hoi houia aku e hoomake, aole i make ka hoa kaua, no ka mea, he laau kau i luna, pa kano aku la kaua uhau ana.” A lohe o Makakuikalani i keia olelo ana aku a kana kumu, alaila, huli ae la oia (Makakuikalani) a wala hope ae la i ke kumu o ka laau [349]palau me ka olelo aku: “Kuli! I ka hale pau ke ao ana; aole e pakele, ua make aku la, no ka mea o ka Io ka laau.” A o ua kumu nei hoi a ua o Makakuikalani make loa aku la ia, i ka manawa no a ua o Makakuikalani i huli aku ai a kamailio.

Pupuakea was lying on the ground, stunned, but somewhat recovered afterwards and raised himself up from the ground. When Makakuikalani saw that Pupuakea was still alive he rushed towards him bent on killing him.

I ka manawa a Pupuakea e waiho ana i ka honua, ua maule aku la oia, a mahope loaa mai la ka mama iki ana ae, ia manawa, ala ae la o Pupuakea mai ka honua ae; ia manawa ike mai la o Makakuikalani ua ola hou o Pupuakea, alaila, holo hou mai la o Makakuikalani imua o Pupuakea, me ka manao e hoomake loa ia Pupuakea.

Pupuakea observed Makakuikalani’s approach so prepared himself to slay him. When Makakuikalani drew near, Pupuakea raised his club and twirled it from his right. At that moment Makakuikalani attempted also to lay his club on Pupuakea, and when his club was twirled it skidded along the ground towards the feet of Makakuikalani and being parried by Makaku, fell to the ground. When Makakuikalani swung his club from the left side it struck the back of his own neck and he was instantly killed. Pupuakea immediately stepped backward and met his master who said to him: “Go back again and slay him so he be dead.” The words of his master aroused Pupuakea’s pride and he said to his teacher: “He cannot live, he is dead.” Then looking at the palm of his hand he again said to his master: “He cannot be alive because the birthmark of Pupuakea has impressed itself thereon. The flying club through dust has killed him.”

A ike aku la o Pupuakea ia Makakuikalani e hele mai ana e kue hou iaia, alaila hoomakaukau ae la oia e pepehi aku ia Makakuikalani. A i ke kokoke ana mai o ua Makakuikalani nei, lawe ae la o Pupuakea i kana laau palau a wili ma kona aoao akau, a i ka hoomaka hou ana o Makakuikalani e hoouka hou i kana laau palau maluna o Pupuakea, alaila, ia manawa, wili ae la o Pupuakea i kana laau, a hualepo aku la ma na wawae o Makakuikalani, a pa aku la ia Makaku, haule aku la i ka honua, a i ka wili ana mai i kana laau mai ka aoao hema mai, pa mai la ma ka hono, make iho la o Makakuikalani. Ia manawa, emi hope aku la o Pupuakea a halawai me kana kumu kaka laau nana i ao. I mai la ke kumu ia Pupuakea: “Hoi houia aku e hoomake i make.” A no ka olelo ana a ke kumu a ua o Pupuakea pela, alaila, olelo aku la o Pupuakea i kana olelo kaena imua o kana kumu: “Aole e ola! Ua make!!” Nana iho la oia i ka poho o kona lima, a olelo ae la i ke kumu ana: “Aole ia e ola, no ka mea, ua kukai ae nei ka ila o Pupuakea. Make aku la i ka laau a kaua i ka hualepo.”

After the great and renowned general of Maui had fallen the Hawaii forces continued to slaughter Kamalalawalu and the others. Upon the death of Kamalalawalu the slaughter of the Maui-ites continued for three days thereafter and those defeated who ran towards their canoes found no arms and outriggers because they had been broken. The repulsed warriors ran to Puako and noticing the paimalau79 floating in the sea mistook them for canoes. They began to waver and were again overtaken by the victors. The destruction of the remaining invaders was then complete. Referring to Kauhiakama the son of Kamalalawalu he escaped to safety. The story of his escape running thus:

A haule aku la ka pukaua nui kaulana o Maui, alaila luku aku la ka Hawaii ia Kamalalawalu ma, a make aku la o Kamalalawalu. Ia make ana o ua o Kamalalawalu, lukuia aku la o Maui ekolu la, a hee aku la o Maui, a holo aku la, a na waa o lakou; aka, aole he iako, aole he ama, no ka mea, ua pau i ka haihai ia; nolaila holo aku la ke pio a ma Puako; a o ka ike i ke paimalau, kuhi he waa, a i ka hoolana ana iloko o ke kai, me ka manao, o ka waa ia, aia nae ua kahulihuli, a loaa hou aku la i ka lanakila, lukuia aku la na koena o ka Maui a pau loa i ka make. A o Kauhiakama hoi, ke keiki a Kamalalawalu, holo pio aku la oia, a pakele aku la. A penei ka moolelo o kona pakele ana.

On the day that the Maui forces were defeated Kauhiakama clandestinely escaped to Kawaihae and from there his intentions were to hie to the caves, there to remain until his side was victorious and then make his appearance.

I ka la o ka hee ana o ko Maui poe kaua, holo malu aku la oia a hiki i Kawaihae, a malaila mai e holo ana me ka manao e pee ma na ana, a hiki i ka wa e lanakila ai, alaila hoike ae.

Hinau, one of the generals of Lonoikamakahiki and a messenger also, had great affection for Kauhiakama, but it was previous to the time of Hinau’s assisting in the escape of Kauhiakama that he roasted some taro and, together with some dried mudfish, already roasted, proceeded to search for Kauhiakama. Hinau came to Kawaihae first and from there went to Kaiopae where for the first time he saw Kauhiakama, so Hinau hailed him and said: “Say, Kauhiakama, remain there until I reach you!” Kauhiakama looking round saw Hinau approaching, the thought of death at the hands of the victorious crossed his mind, so covering his face with his hands he wept, for he [350]was greatly depressed in spirits. Hinau came forward, however, and greeted him with a kiss on the nose, remarking: “I remained behind and roasted some taro and dried mudfish for the love of you and came to search for you.” These words of Hinau gave Kauhiakama great relief and hopes for life. Kauhiakama then ate of the taro prepared by Hinau and when he had finished Hinau assisted Kauhiakama to escape to Maui. Thus was Kauhiakama saved from falling into the hands of his enemies.

A o Hinau, kekahi o na pukaua o Lonoikamakahiki, he elele no na Lonoikamakahiki, aka, ua nui loa ke aloha o Hinau ia Kauhiakama. Nolaila, mamua o ko Hinau manao ana e hoomahuka ia Kauhiakama, pulehu ae la oia i mau kalo, a moa, a paa pu ae la me na oopu maloo i pulehuia, a imi aku la ia Kauhiakama; ma Kawaihaeo ko Hinau hiki mua ana, a malaila aku a hiki i Kaiopae, ike mua aku la o Hinau ia Kauhiakama, alaila, kahea aku la: “E Kauhiakama e! Malaila iho oe a loaa aku ia’u.” I alawa ae ka hana o Kauhiakama, e hele aku ana o Hinau, alaila, manao ae la o Kauhiakama: “Make, eia ka lanakila.” Alaila, palulu ae la ua o Kauhiakama i na lima i ke poo me ka manao kaumaha i ka make, e uwe ana. Aka, hele aku la o Hinau a honi aku la i ka ihu o Kauhiakama, a uwe iho la, me ka i aku: “Ua noho au me ke aloha ia oe, a nolaila, pulehu mai nei i na wahi kalo, a me na wahi oopu maloo, a imi [351]mai nei ia oe.” A no keia olelo a Hinau, akahi no a oluolu iho la o Kauhiakama, a manao ae la no hoi i ke alo.

Ia manawa, o ke kalo a Hinau i hoomakaukau ai, ai iho la o Kauhiakama. A pau ia, hoomahuka aku la o Hinau ia Kauhiakama, a hala aku la i Maui, a pela i pakele ai o Kauhiakama i na lima o kona poe enemi.

Upon Kauhiakama’s return to Maui he sang the praises of Hinau; named his house after him and also the calabashes and fish-bowls. The cultivated fields were also named after him. Everything he possessed was named after Hinau in memory of the many tokens of friendship and kindness shown to him.

Ia Kauhiakama i hoi ai a Maui, hapai nui ae la oia ia Hinau, a kapa ae la i ka inoa o ka hale o Hinau, na umeke a me na ipukai, o Hinau; a kapa aku la i ka inoa o na mahinaai koele o Hinau. Ua kapaia na mea a pau a Kauhiakama o Hinau; he mau mea e hoomanao ana i na mea a pau a Hinau i hana maikai aku ai ia ia (Kauhiakama).

Several years afterwards rumors came to Lonoikamakahiki which informed him of the actions of Kauhiakama and of the naming of everything Kauhiakama owned by the name of Hinau. In consequence of this certain messengers were dispatched to Maui by Lonoikamakahiki to get Hinau. Before the departure of the emissaries to get Hinau he instructed them thus: “You go and bring Hinau by my command, and should you meet him, say to him to return to Hawaii and govern the country because I am going to Kauai, to view the trunkless koa tree of Kahihikolo. He is to be in my stead and inform him so. Should he board your canoes, take him to Alenuihaha channel, tear him alive in the sea, because he has done wrong by assisting Kauhiakama to escape, thus violating my very commands, to allow no one of Maui with royal blood to live.” After he had given these instructions to his emissaries they set sail for Maui.

A he mau makahiki he nui ma ia hope mai, kui aku la ka lono ia Lonoikamakahiki, a lohe oia i keia mau hana a Kauhiakama, ma ke kapa ana i na mea a pau ana, mamuli o ka inoa Hinau. Nolaila, hoounaia aku la kekahi mau elele mai ke alo aku o Lonoikamakahiki, e holo i Maui, e kii ia Hinau. Mamua o ka holo ana a na luna kii ia Hinau, olelo aku la oia i ua mau luna nei:

“E kii oukou ia Hinau, mamuli o kuu kauoha; a i halawai oukou me ia, e olelo aku oukou, e hoi mai i Hawaii nei, e hooponopono ai i ka aina, no ka mea, ke holo nei wau i Kauai, i ike aku au i ka laau koa kumu ole o Kahihikolo, a e noho oia e pani ma kuu hakahaka; pela oukou e olelo aku ai. A i kau mai keia maluna o na waa o oukou, alaila, e lawe mai a ka moana o Alenuihaha, e moku oia aku iaia iloko o ke kai, no ka mea, ua hewa kana hana ana no kona hoomahuka ana ia Kauhiakama, ka mea a’u i olelo ai, aole e koe i hookahi pua alii o Maui.” A pau ka Lonoikamakahiki olelo ana i na luna ana e hoouna ai, holo aku la ua mau luna nei i Maui.

When the emissaries met Hinau they learned that he was the greatest man in Maui in the retinue of Kauhiakama and was the latter’s cherished favorite. However, the instructions had to be carried out and the same were discharged in a manner that was entirely pleasing to Lonoikamakahiki.

A i ka halawai ana o ua mau luna nei me Hinau, ike aku la nae ua mau luna nei, o Hinau ke kanaka koikoi o Maui imua o Kauhiakama, a oia hookahi no ka punahele oi imua o ko Kauhiakama alo. Aka, ma na mea i kauohaia ia lakou na luna e hana aku, alaila hana aku la no lakou e like me ka Lonoikamakahiki olelo.

Hinau heard the wishes of Lonoikamakahiki from the lips of the emissaries, and believing the truth of the message decided to obey the same. Kauhiakama had no intention of allowing Hinau to sail to Hawaii for he was worried lest he return not again to Maui. Hinau, however, was under the belief that he was to rule only during the time of Lonoikamakahiki’s absence on Kauai, and when he returned, he (Hinau) would again return to Maui. Upon Hinau’s boarding the canoes and sailing for Hawaii while yet breathing with life he was cut in two whilst in the open sea by the emissaries in compliance with the instructions of Lonoikamakahiki. So died Hinau. On the return of the men they reported having put Hinau to death in the manner desired, thus gratifying the wishes of Lonoikamakahiki.

A i ka lohe ana o Hinau i keia mau olelo a Lonoikamakahiki ma ka waha aku o ua mau luna nei, a ike mai la o Hinau ua ano oiaio na olelo a pau i haiia aku iaia, alaila, hooholo ae la oia i kona manao ae no na mea i hai ia aku ai. Aka, aole nae i manao o Kauhiakama e hookuu aku ia Hinau e holo i Hawaii, me ka manao ona, aole e hoi hou mai ana i Maui. Aka, ma ko Hinau manao, he hooponopono wale no no ka manawa e holo ai o Lonoikamakahiki a hoi mai, alaila hoi mai i Maui. Aka i ke kau ana o Hinau maluna o na waa a holo aku i Hawaii ua mo-ku olaia o Hinau i ka moana, e like me ka Lonoikamakahiki kauoha. A make aku la o Hinau. A make aku la o Hinau, hoi aku la na luna a hai aku la i ka make ana o Hinau. Alaila, ua loaa ka oluolu ia Lonoikamakahiki.

CHAPTER XIV.

Reformation of the Government by Lonoikamakahiki.—He Sails for Kauai.—Lonoikamakahiki Deserted by the People.

MOKUNA XIV.

Ka Hooponopono Hou Ana o Lonoikamakahiki i ke Aupuni.—Kona Holo Ana i Kauai.—Haaleleia o Lonoikamakahiki e ka Lehulehu.

After the battle with Kamalalawalu at Waimea and the death of Hinau, Lonoikamakahiki again suggested to sail for Kauai, so that he might view Kahihikolo, the place where the trunkless koa tree was. For that voyage Lonoikamakahiki made preparations [352]to take along with him his favorites, his warriors as companions and also his servants.

A pau ke kaua ana me Kamalalawalu ma Waimea, a mahope iho o ka make ana o Hinau, ia manawa hoomaopopo hou ae la o Lonoikamakahiki e holo i Kauai; oia hoi i ike aku ai oia ia Kahihikolo, i kahi o ke koa kumu ole. A no ia mea, hoomakaukau [353]ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i kana huakai; lawe ae la oia i kona poe punahele, a me kona poe hoa hele, kona mau puali, a me kona poe lawelawe.

Kaikilani in the meantime was placed to rule the land and to care for the people. All preparations having been made the king sailed for Kauai arriving there with his entire retinue. Lonoikamakahiki went alone to view the trunkless tree of Kahihikolo his entire retinue having deserted him. There was a native, however, of the place by the name of Kapaihiahilina who joined the king on his tour. The king while thus journeying happened to look back to see where the rest of his people were and saw only a solitary man following him in the rear. He was a stranger with whom he had no acquaintance. Of the large retinue which accompanied him from Hawaii not one was there, every man had deserted.

Aka o Kaikilani, hoonohoia iho la oia ma ke ano hooponopono aina, a e malama hoi i na makaainana. A makaukau ko ke alii holo i Kauai, alaila holo aku la. Ia holo ana, hiki aku la o Lonoikamakahiki i Kauai; ia manawa e koe akoakoa ana no kona lehulehu a pau. Aka, ma ka hoomaka ana e ike i ke koa kumu ole o Kahihikolo, oia ka manawa i haalele ai ko Lonoikamakahiki lehulehu, a koe o Lonoikamakahiki wale no. Aka, hookahi kanaka kamaaina i ukali pu ma ia huakai a ke alii, no Kauai no, o Kapaihiahilina kona inoa. I ka manawa o ke alii e hele ana, a i ka huli ana ae i hope, e nana i kona lehulehu, aia hoi, hookahi kanaka e ukali ana mahope ona (Lonoikamakahiki) he kanaka e wale no, aole oia i ike; a o kona nui i hele pu mai ai mai Hawaii mai, aole hookahi i koe, ua pau loa i ka haalele.

When the king observed Kapaihiahilina following him, he said not a word to him but continued on with his journey without even a guide to indicate the place he so much desired to see. When Lonoikamakahiki again turned back Kapaihiahilina was still following him. At this stage Lonoikamakahiki asked the man: “Where are you going?” Kapaihiahilina replied: “I merely followed you, because I heard from your people who were on their way back, that they had deserted you, and having sympathy for you, I followed.”

I ka manawa o ke alii i ike mai ai ia Kapaihiahilina e ukali ana, aole oia i ekemu mai, aka, hoomau aku la no o Lonoikamakahiki i ka hele imua, me ka mea ole nana e kuhikuhi i kahi ana i hilinai nui ai e ike. Aka i ka alawa hou ana ae o Lonoikamakahiki i hope, e ukali ana no o Kapaihiahilina mahope ona. Ia manawa, akahi no a kamailio aku o Lonoikamakahiki iaia, me ka ninau aku: “E hele ana oe ihea?” I aku la o Kapaihiahilina: “I ukali wale mai nei no wau ia oe, no ka mea, lohe ae nei wau i ou kanaka i hoi ae nei, ua pau i ka haalele ia oe, nolaila, aloha ia oe, ukali mai nei.”

Kapaihiahilina, upon being told that the king had been deserted, took a calabash of poi and some fours of mud-fish, and went in search of the king. It was Kapaihiahilina’s habit during the days he followed the king to observe the etiquette due to royalty, that is to say, during the early morning when the royal shadow was the longest, Kapaihiahilina, aware there were only the two of them, did not cross his shadow but always respected his royal dignity and position.

A o ua o Kapaihiahilina, iloko o kona manawa i lohe ai ua haaleleia, nolaila, lawe ae la oia i umeke poi, me na kauna oopu, a imi aku la i ke alii. He mea mau hoi ia Kapaihiahilina i na la a pau o kana ukali ana ia Lonoikamakahiki, ka malama ana i na kanawai o ke kapu alii. Oia hoi, i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, ka manawa e loihi ana ke aka o ke alii, aole o Kapaihiahilina i ike i ko laua kokoolua o laua wale, a’e aku i ke aka, aka, malama mau no oia i ke kapu alii.

Lonoikamakahiki constantly observed Kapaihiahilina’s conduct as being most respectful of royalty. One day in the course of their journey, Kapaihiahilina, always to the rear of him at a respectable distance both when walking and when at sleep, Lonoikamakahiki said to him: “Do not hold me in sacredness because you are my own brother. I have nothing dearer than yourself, therefore, where I sleep, there will you sleep also. Do not hold me aloof, because all that is good has passed and we are now traveling in the region of the gods.” In consequence of this, the king’s wishes were observed, and they sat down together.

A he mea mau hoi ia Lonoikamakahiki ka nana mau ana ia Kapaihiahilina ma kona ano menemene alii. A iloko o kekahi la o ka laua hele ana, i ka manawa e hookaawale ana o Kapaihiahilina iaia iho, ma ka hele ana, ma ka noho ana a me ka moe ana, i aku la o Lonoikamakahiki iaia: “Mai hookapukapu mai oe ia’u, no ka mea, o oe no ko’u hoahanau ponoi, aole a’u mea nui e ae, o oe hookahi wale no; nolaila, ma ko’u wahi moe, malaila mai oe, mai hookaawale oe ia’u, no ka mea ua pale ka pono eia kaua i ke au akua kahi i hele ai.” A nolaila, ua hookoia ka ke alii olelo, a noho pu iho la laua.

During their wanderings through the mountains of Kauai, in the depths of the mountain recesses they became sorely in need of food and had to subsist on the hala kaao.80 They were in great need of clothing and destitute of malo and had to use braided ferns in substitution thereof. They wandered on in this manner until they arrived at the place which Lonoikamakahiki was so desirous of seeing, which place was called Kahihikolo, but still continued on until they reached the shore. During these travels they were in the greatest distress from lack of food, lack of clothing, lack of malo and also distress from the rains. There was locked in the bosom of Lonoikamakahiki the thought always of how he should some day reward Kapaihiahilina. On their return from their mountain wanderings, Kapaihiahilina became a premier and a [354]great favorite. Whatever belonged to Lonoikamakahiki in large as well as small things which had been left in charge of the men and the petty chiefs, including also the lands, all were under the administration of Kapaihiahilina. Before the eyes of Lonoikamakahiki no one else was superior to Kapaihiahilina and he was supreme over the island of Hawaii. Upon Lonoikamakahiki’s return to Hawaii after his sojourn in the mountains, he took Kapaihiahilina with him to Hawaii and appointed him his premier and held him as an esteemed favorite.

I ka laua hele ana ma na kuahiwi o Kauai iloko o ka lipo nahelehele loloa, ua nui ko laua pilikia i ka ai, o ka hala kaao ka laua ai. A pilikia no hoi laua i ke kapa ole, o ka lauki ko laua kapa; a nele laua i ka malo ole, o ka palai i hiliia ko laua malo. Pela mau ko laua hele ana a hiki i kahi a ua o Lonoikamakahiki i ake nui ai e ike, oia hoi o Kahihikolo, a hiki wale i ka hoi ana mai i kai. Aka, i ko laua wa e hele ana iloko o na pilikia he nui, pilikia ai, pilikia kapa, pilikia malo, pilikia i ka ua, aia no nae iloko o ko Lonoikamakahiki manao ka mea e hiki ai iaia e hana aku ai ia Kapaihiahilina. A i ka hoi ana o laua mai ka laua huakai hele mauna ae, lilo ae la o Kapaihiahilina [355]i punahele nui, a i kuhina nui hoi. O na mea a pau a Lonoikamakahiki, na mea nui na mea liilii i waiho aku ai i na kanaka a me na kaukau alii; o na aina hoi a pau, aia no ia ma ko Kapaihiahilina lima ka hooponopono. Aole he mea nui e ae ma ko Lonoikamakahiki alo, o Kapaihiahilina wale no, a oia no ke poo kiekie ma ka Mokupuni o Hawaii a puni. A i ko Lonoikamakahiki hoi ana i Hawaii, mahope iho o kana huakai hele mauna, lawe ae la oia ia Kapaihiahilina i Hawaii, i hookohu aku ai oia ia Kapaihiahilina, ma kona ano kuhina nui, a punahele nui hoi.

Wherever Lonoikamakahiki slept, there Kapaihiahilina slept also; wherever he lived, there also would Kapaihiahilina reside. The emblem of royal sacredness (puloulou) where his former favorites were not permitted to tread, there would Kapaihiahilina be found. When Lonoikamakahiki arrived on Hawaii with his companion the marshals and the statesmen of Lonoikamakahiki observed that Kapaihiahilina’s favoritism exceeded that of the king’s former favorites, and they became embittered at the idea and were envious of him for the reason that his former favorites never received such consideration.

Ma ko Lonoikamakahiki wahi moe, malaila o Kapaihiahilina e moe ai, ma kona wahi e noho ai, malaila pu no me Kapaihiahilina. O ka puloulou kapu alii, hiki ole i na punahele mua ana ke komo aku, malaila o Kapaihiahilina e noho ai. Aka, i ka hiki ana o Lonoikamakahiki i Hawaii me Kapaihiahilina, ike mai la na ilamuku a me na kakaolelo a Lonoikamakahiki, ua kela aku ka punahele o Kapaihiahilina mamua o na punahele mua, alaila, inoino ae la ko lakou manao no Kapaihiahilina, no ka mea, aole i hanaia kekahi mau punahele mamua e like me keia.

On a certain day, Lonoikamakahiki assembled all of his nobility and statesmen and declared that Kapaihiahilina was denominated the chief personage of all Hawaii. But this was not agreeable to the chiefs’ views and the court of Lonoikamakahiki.

I kekahi la, hoakoakoa ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i kona mau kaukau alii a pau, a me kona mau kakaolelo, a hoike aku la i ko Kapaihiahilina lilo ana i poo kiekie ma ka aina a puni o Hawaii. Aka, he mea oluolu ole nae ia i ko na ’lii manao, a me ko Lonoikamakahiki alo alii a pau.

CHAPTER XV.

Kapaihiahilina Appointed Premier.—Intrigue for His Downfall.—His Affectionate Farewell.

MOKUNA XV.

Hoonohoia o Kapaihiahilina i Kuhina Nui.—Ke Imihala ia Ana.—Kana Mele Aloha.

After the installation of Kapaihiahilina as premier for Lonoikamakahiki, he was awarded the ahupuaa called Hihiu nui, the same being located at Kohala. Kapaihiahilina having been inducted into the office of premier, his subordinate officers began to immediately entrap him into some offense. One was found, and a most serious one, but being a very great favorite of Lonoikamakahiki’s the king was loath to entertain any wrong in Kapaihiahilina.

Mahope iho o ko Kapaihiahilina lilo ana i kuhina nui no Lonoikamakahiki, haawi ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i hookahi ahupuaa, o Hihiu nui, he wahi ahupuaa no ia e waiho ana ma Kohala. A noho ae la o Kapaihiahilina ma ka noho kuhina nui, imi ae la na luna malalo ona i hewa no Kapaihiahilina. Ua loaa no ka hewa, he hewa nui no, aka, no ka punahele nui launa ole no, nolaila, aole e manao ana o Lonoikamakahiki he hewa ia no Kapaihiahilina.

As no incriminating charges could be brought against Kapaihiahilina that would be entertained by the king, the inferior officers made greater efforts to convict him. They finally brought the charge against him of having had illicit intercourse with Kaikilani, the wife of Lonoikamakahiki, brought about principally by the acts of the subordinate officers themselves who studiously prepared the conspiracy. The inferior officers being aware of the illicit relations between Kapaihiahilina and Kaikilani and knowing that it was such an offense from which he could not escape, the conspirators placed the information before Lonoikamakahiki, who upon hearing of it set it aside as being unworthy of his royal attention.

A no ka hewa ole o Kapaihiahilina ma na mea o ke alii, imi hou ae la na luna malalo ona i mea e hewa ai. Nolaila, loaa ae la ka hewa o Kapaihiahilina ma ka moekolohe ana me Kaikilani ka Lonoikamakahiki wahine ponoi, mamuli o ka hooweawea ia e na luna nana e imihala nei. A no ka ike ana o na luna malalo o ua o Kapaihiahilina ua hewa me Kaikilani, nolaila, hele aku la ka poe nana e manao ino nei o Kapaihiahilina, he hewa ia nona e hewa ai. A nolaila, hai ia aku la ia Lonoikamakahiki keia hewa ana o Kapaihiahilina me Kaikilani. Aka i ko Lonoikamakahiki lohe ana i keia mea, aole ia he hewa i ko ke alii manao.

Being unable to implicate Kapaihiahilina in these matters it dawned upon the conspiring officers that Kapaihiahilina was indeed a highly honored favorite of the king, so they gave up conspiring. [356]

A no ka loaa ole o ko Kapaihiahilina hewa, ma keia mau mea, imua o ke alii, alaila, ua maopopo i ua mau luna nei, ua pakela loa ka punahele o Kapaihiahilina, nolaila hoopau ae la ua mau luna nei i ko lakou manao imihala. [357]

After being about a year in office as premier, Kapaihiahilina proceeded to Kauai with the intention of returning to resume the premiership. Whilst he was absent on Kauai the king’s suite renewed their conspiracy to implicate him in some trouble in his capacity as prime minister and as a favorite of Lonoikamakahiki. The chiefs immediately around the sovereign brought all manner of accusations of the most contemptuous description against Kapaihiahilina and the idea entered the king’s mind that he should be dismissed from his ministerial position as well as losing his place as a favorite.

Hookahi paha makahiki o Kapaihiahilina ma ka noho kuhina nui, alaila holo aku la oia i Kauai, me ka manao no e hoi hou mai ma kona noho kuhina nui. I kela manawa o Kapaihiahilina i Kauai, manao ae la ke alo alii e imihala hou i mea e hewa ai o Kapaihiahilina ma kona noho kuhina nui, mai ka punahele ae a Lonoikamakahiki. Nolaila lawe ae la ke alo alii a pau i na olelo akiaki he nui, ma ka olelo ku i ka hoowahawahaia; nolaila, loaa i ke alii ka manao e hookaawale ae mai ko Kapaihiahilina noho ana ma ka noho kuhina, a hoopau ae la i kona punahele.

Lonoikamakahiki then made a solemn pledge that he would not again see the face of Kapaihiahilina. Through the subtle machinations of the royal suite the high esteem of Lonoikamakahiki for Kapaihiahilina ceased.

A hoohiki iho la o Lonoikamakahiki i olelo paa aole e ike hou i na maka o Kapaihiahilina. Mamuli o na olelo akiaki a ke alo alii, pau ae la ka punahele nui o Kapaihiahilina ia Lonoikamakahiki.

It was only a short while that Kapaihiahilina remained on Kauai when he heard that he was no longer the premier and favorite. To verify what he had heard relative to his dismissal he sailed for Hawaii. Whilst on the voyage to Hawaii on his canoes he commenced the composition of a song wherein was recited his travels with Lonoikamakahiki in the mountain glens, their escapes from dangers of many descriptions. On the way, he first landed at Kohala, as he desired to see the land which had been given him. Upon arriving there he found that a new konohiki had been installed on the land and the one placed there by him had been dismissed. It was then that he realized his downfall. He set sail for Kona to fully acquaint himself with the commands of the king.

Ma ia noho ana o Kapaihiahilina i Kauai, aole i liuliu, hiki aku ka lohe ia Kapaihiahilina, ua pau kona punahele, a me kona noho kuhina nui ana. Nolaila, holo mai la o Kapaihiahilina i Hawaii, i ike aku ai oia i ka pau io ana o kona punahele. Ia Kapaihiahilina i kau mai ai iluna o na waa a holo mai i Hawaii, oia no ka hoomaka ana o Kapaihiahilina e haku i mele, e pili ana i ko laua hele mauna ana, ko laua alo ana i kela pilikia keia pilikia he nui. Ia holo ana a ianei (Kapaihiahilina) ma Kohala kona hiki mua ana, i ike aku ai oia i kona aina i haawi lilo ia aku ai. A i kona hiki ana aku, ike aku la oia he konohiki hou ke noho ana i ka aina, a o kana konohiki i hoonoho aku ai, ua pai ia ae la; ia manawa no ko Kapaihiahilina hoomaopopo ana i kona pau; a nolaila, holo aku la oia (Kapaihiahilina) i Kona e ike pono i ko ke alii manao nona.

At that time Lonoikamakahiki was living at Kahaluu and was then conducting temple services. When he came in sight immediately outside of Kahaluu, he was recognized at once by his canoes. In consequence thereof, Lonoikamakahiki immediately gave orders that the doors of the house be closed. The doors were not, however, closed at once. At the time the canoes reached the shore and Kapaihiahilina commenced wending his way to the king, when nearing the fencing of the house the doors shut. Kapaihiahilina observing the door closing on him stood outside the fence where the sentinels stood. Raising his voice on high he described in chant their wanderings:

Ia manawa, e noho ana o Lonoikamakahiki ma Kahaluu, no ka mea, he kapu heiau kana ia wa. A i ka hiki ana aku o Kapaihiahilina mawaho o Kahaluu, ike muaia mai la o Kapaihiahilina ma na waa. A no ia mea, kena koke ae la o Lonoikamakahiki e pani ka puka o ka hale, aka, aole nae i pani koke ia ka puka ia manawa, a i ka manawa i pae aku ai na waa iuka, a i ka hoomaka ana aku o Kapaihiahilina e hele aku e ike i ke alii, iaia i hookokoke aku ai mawaho o ka paehumu o ka hale, ia wa ke pania ana mai o ka puka. A ike aku la o Kapaihiahilina ua paa ka puka, hele aku la keia a ku mawaho o ka pa, i na koa e ku ana, alaila hapai aku la oia i ke mele, e like me ka laua hele ana:

Lonoikamakahiki, the sacred one of the high chief,

The sacred chief given birth by Keawe.

The chief was born a king of large possessions.

Lono is like soft mats without number,

[Stretching] from ancient lines

Come the sacred feather capes of Kumalana.

It is wrong!

It is wrong for him to maintain his anger,

For the fault is as nothing for the chief to continue being angry.

My father! The great chief,

We have tramped the ground,

We have walked the ground

At Opikananuu, at Opikanalani,

At the plains of Kanuukewe,

The base of the isle, the foundation;

The foundation of the land where Wakea lived,

Wakea the sacred chief.

By Keawe was given birth;

The right was first given birth,

Then followed that which was wrong.

The going began with numbers and was continued till few were left;

Until lonely and deserted,

But two continued tramping in the forest,

To where grew the koa tree without roots,81

Above Kahihikolo,

Loin-cloth of ferns was made,

Ti-leaf was broken and worn at the back; [358]

Thus were we two sheltered from the rain, my companion.

We ate of the ripe pandanus in our wanderings,

Thus were our days of hunger appeased, my companion,

My companion of the tall pandanus,

From Kilauea to Kalihi;

The pandanus that had been partly eaten,

Of Pooku in Hanalei.

Thus did we two wander along, my companion,

Through the heavy and wind-blown rain,

The ceaseless and general rain.

We drank of the awa82 of Koukou,

The fragrant-leaved awa83 of Mamalahoa.

Say, my companion!

A companion, a friend of Lono, a man,

A companion of the deafening rains.

As the rain traveled in the uplands at Hanaleiiki,

To Hanaleinui,

One rain was from the highlands,

One rain was from the lowlands,

One rain was from the east,

One rain was from the west,84

Along the pandanus cape of Puupaoa.

It was there the rain fell on the sand,

The sand, food of the kinau,85

The kinau that ate of the ripe pandanus at Hanalei,

The rain that ripens the ohia of Waioli.

Cheer up, it is best to be so, chief.

The lord,

The lord in our toils at Kanananuu,

Of the calm stretches at Kukalaea,

Who levels and pushes along

To the sounding-leafed koa.

The battle sounds in the rear.

From the ridge-pole of the house of Maoea.

It was there the rain drops danced in the forest.

The rain in the forest fell low,

The rain in the forest danced about,

The rain in the forest fell softly,

The rain in the forest was like mist,

The rain in the forest fell from all sides,

The rain in the forest fell at the back,

The rain cut furrows in the forest

In the uplands of Laauhaele.

Goest thou?

As the man prone to idleness

[Who] on return, found trouble, found wrong doing,

You have indeed trouble-making servants.

I came at your bidding like a messenger;

You have dispossessed me, you have ousted me.

This my going cannot be laid to others since it is your own making.

The owner of the house has driven me out.

The fault would have been mine

Had I lived and left without cause,

Such action

Would have been a fault on my part,

The companion who followed you in all your tribulations.

[You] remain,

I am leaving you, my companion, I am going.

The rain is passing slightingly,

[The rain] of Hopukoa, of Waialoha.

Say, there!

My greetings to you

While you remain in anger.

O Lonoikamakahiki kapu a Kalani,

O Kalani kapu a Keawe i hanau;

Hanau Kalani he alii ku halau,

He lau kapaahu nehe e Lono,

Mai ka papa aku

Ka ahuula kapu a Kumalana.

Ua hewa!

Ua hewa iala la he hoomauhala,

Aohe ano hala i hoomau ai e Kalani.

Kuu makua a kalani,

Kaina i honua,

Hele ana i honua,

I Opikananuu, i Opikanalani.

I kahua a Kanuukewe

Ka papa o ka moku, ka honua,

Ke au aina o Wakea i noho ai.

O Wakea ke alii kapu

A Keawe i hanau (ai);

Hanau mai mamua ka pono

Ukali aku mamuli ka hewa.

Oi hele mai ka wa nui a hune

A mehameha kanaka ole

Hele koolua i ka nahele

I ka laau koa kumu ole

Mauka o Kahihikolo.

Hili aku i ka malo pau palai, [359]

Hahaki i ka laui pea ma ke kua.

Hala ia mao a ka ua ilaila, e ke hoa-e,

Hele aku a ai i ka pua pala o ka hala

Hala ia la pololi o ka ua ilaila, e ke hoa.

He hoa i ka nahele lauhala loloa,

Mai Kilauea a Kalihi la;

O ka hala i aina kepaia,

O Pooku i Hanalei-la.

Hala ia mao a ka ua, e ke hoa-e.

He ua kaee, ua makani,

Ua hookinakina e puni e ka ua.

Inu aku i ka awa o Koukou

I ka awa lau hinano o Mamalahoa.

E ke hoa-e!

He hoa, he kaupu e Lono, he kanaka,

He hoa la hoi no ka ua, paia;

Hele ka ua mauka o Hanaleiiki;

A Hanalei-nui

Mauka mai kekahi ua,

Makai mai kekahi ua,

Ma nae mai kekahi ua,

Malalo mai kekahi ua,

Ma ka lae hala o Puupaoa;

Ilaila ka ua hoowalea i ke one,

I ke one ai a ke kinau,

Ke kinau ai hala pala i Hanalei,

Ua hoopala ohia o Waioli.

He olioli e ke ’lii e pono ai,

Ka Haku-ha.

Ka Haku hana o Kanananuu,

O ka maka lai o Kukalaea

Kalai aku hooneenuu he ana

A ke koa lau kani.

Kani kua ke ka ua,

Ke kaupaku hale o Maoea.

Ilaila ka ua kike haa i ka nahele.

Haahaa ka ua i ka nahele,

Haaula ka ua i ka nahele,

Haalea ka ua i ka nahele,

Noe a ka ua i ka nahele,

Lauwili ka ua i ka nahele,

Opea ka ua i ka nahele,

Kuawaa ka ua i ka nahele,

I ka uka o Laauhaele,

O hele-a.

Walea kanaka i ka hele,

Hoi mai, he lalo ino, he lalo hewa,

He lalo akiki ka kou o muli-la,

Eia mamuli ka alele.

Ke pai au ka hookuke,

He nani nei hele nau,

Ua hookuke oe ka mea hale;

Eia la ka hewa o ka noho hale,

He noho a pauaho,

Ku ae hele.

Loaa ko’u kina

Ko ka hoa ukali ino,

O noho.

Haalele ia oe e ke hoa ke hele nei,

Hele kikaha ana ka ua,

O Hopukoa o Waialoha

Ei ala e-

Aloha wale ana ia oe

Iloko o kauahoa.

CHAPTER XVI.

Departure of Kapaihiahilina.—Lonoikamakahiki’s Search for Him.—Return and Reinstatement of Kapaihiahilina as Premier.

MOKUNA XVI.

Ka Hele Ana o Kapaihiahilina.—Ka Imi Ana o Lonoikamakahiki Iaia.—Ko Kapaihiahilina Hoi Ana Mai a Noho Hou i Kuhina Nui.

At the end of Kapaihiahilina’s greetings to Lonoikamakahiki in the chant he retraced his footsteps whence he had come, weeping with affection for the king. Boarding his canoes he sailed away. After Kapaihiahilina had ceased his dedicated chant of Lonoikamakahiki’s name the ancient love surged within his bosom for the loving tribute, the story of their companionship and their wanderings. It was very evident [360]that Kapaihiahilina’s composition was founded on facts. Lonoikamakahiki then ordered the doors of his royal abode to be opened to allow Kapaihiahilina to enter the house. On opening the door of the royal mansion, however, Kapaihiahilina was then outside of Laaloa sailing away.

A pau ka Kapaihiahilina kahea ana ia Lonoikamakahiki ma ke mele, alaila huli hoi aku la oia, me ka uwe pu i ke aloha i ke alii, a kau iluna o na waa, a holo aku la. I ka manawa i pau ae ai ka Kapaihiahilina kahea ana i ka inoa o Lonoikamakahiki, a mahope iho, kupu mai la ko Lonoikamakahiki aloha no Kapaihiahilina, no kona hoalohaloha ana mai, ma ke ano o ka laua pili ana, a me ko laua hele ana. A he mea maopopo [361]hoi, ua haku o Kapaihiahilina i ke mele ma ke ano oiaio; nolaila olelo ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i na kiai puka o ka hale alii, e wehe ae ke pani, a e hookomo ae ia Kapaihiahilina iloko ka hale. Aka, i ka wehe ana ae o ke pani o ka hale alii, aia o Kapaihiahilina e holo ana mawaho o Laaloa.

Lonoikamakahiki observing that Kapaihiahilina had sailed away, sent messengers to get him to return. The messengers, in conformity with the king’s desire, set forth and upon reaching Kapaihiahilina said to him: “We come for you to return; we were sent to beseech you to come back; the king is overwhelmed with love for you and your appeal for compassion by the chant describing your wanderings; when we left the king was still weeping.”

A i ka ike ana o Lonoikamakahiki, e holo ana o Kapaihiahilina, alaila hoouna aku la oia i na elele, e kii aku ia Kapaihiahilina. A i ke kii ana o na elele mamuli o ka olelo a ke alii, a halawai aku la me Kapaihiahilina, me ka olelo aku: “I kii mai nei makou ia oe e hoi; ua hoouna mai nei ia makou e olelo aku ia oe e hoi, no ka mea, ua nui loa ke aloha o ke alii ia oe i ko kaukau ana ae ma ke mele, e like me ka olua hele ana; haalele aku la makou, aia no ke alii (Lonoikamakahiki) ke uwe la.”

Kapaihiahilina hearing what was said, replied to the messengers: “You both return to the king. Give him my love and say, I cannot go back, because he has harkened to the slanderers who surround him. They may be the ones who accompanied him and ate the ripe flowers of the pandanus of Pooku and girded together the ti leaves as well as the ferns. Therefore I am now homeward bound to bury my bones on Kauai’s shore. If I should die it would be of no moment to him, but should it be he who shall pass away, my companion of many perils, I will weep for him alone at Kauai. Both of you go back.” When Kapaihiahilina finished what he had to say to the messengers, they went back, met the king and reported all that Kapaihiahilina had said.

A lohe o Kapaihiahilina i keia leo, alaila olelo aku la oia i na elele, me ka i aku: “E hoi olua a i ke alii, e hai aku i kuu aloha iaia, aole au e hoi aku; no ka mea, ua hoolohe aku ia i na olelo a ka poe akiaki o kona alo, malia paha o ua poe la no kekahi i hele pu me ia, a ai i ka pua pala o ka hala o Pooku, a hume pu i ka malo laki, a me ka palai. A nolaila, ke hoi nei au a waiho aku na iwi ia Kauai. A ina he make no’u, aole hoi ana; aka ina he make nona no kuu hoa ukali ino, i Kauai no hoi au uwe mai. O u hoi olua.”

A pau ka Kapaihiahilina olelo ana i ua mau luna nei, alaila, hoi aku la laua, a halawai me ke alii (Lonoikamakahiki), a hai aku la i na mea a pau a Kapaihiahilina i olelo mai ai.

In consequence of the statements made by the messengers Lonoikamakahiki became very much aggrieved. He immediately ordered his two canoe paddlers, Kapahi and Moanaikaiaiwa, also Kipunuiaiakamau and the adopted child of Kamahualele to prepare themselves for the voyage. Prior to Lonoikamakahiki’s sailing he commanded Kaikilani, Kealiiokalani, Kalanioumi and Keakealani thus: “I am about to go; stay on the land; let each of you care for each other and be not envious of one another. If I go and my companion harkens to me, then we will return; but should he listen not, then I will follow him, and by being persistent in my search he may relent, for anger only inflames and reaches the tips of the ears.”

A ma keia mea a ua mau elele nei i olelo mai ai, he mea pono ole loa ia ia Lonoikamakahiki. A nolaila, hoolale ae la o Lonoikamakahiki i kana mau hoewaa elua, ia Kapahi a me Moanaikaiaiwa, o Kipunuiaiakamau ma, o ke keiki hookama o Kamahualele. A mamua o kona (Lonoikamakahiki) holo ana, kauoha ae la oia ia Kaikilani, Kealiiakalani, Kalanioumi, a me Keakealani: “Eia wau ke hele nei, e noho oukou i ka aina, e nana kekahi o oukou i kekahi, mai kekeue oukou. Ina hoi i hele au a i maliu mai kuu hoa hele ia’u, alaila, hoi mai maua, aka hoi i maliu ole mai kela, alaila, ukali aku no au mamuli ona (Kapaihiahilina), a malia paha o maliu mai i ka ukali loihi ia aku. Oi-e, he makole ka huhu, o hele a ka lihi pepeiao.”

Lonoikamakahiki having ceased his admonitions went aboard the canoes which awaited him and sailed away. In his search he met Kapaihiahilina at Anaehoomalu at the seashore at the dividing line of Kona and Kohala. Thus runs the tradition concerning Lonoikamakahiki’s search for his companion Kapaihiahilina:

A pau ka Lonoikamakahiki olelo ana i keia mau olelo, kau aku la oia iluna o na waa a holo aku la. Ia imi ana a Lonoikamakahiki, halawai aku la oia me Kapaihiahilina ma Anaehoomalu, ma ke kaha, ma ka palena o Kona a me Kohala. A penei no ka moolelo oia imi ana a Lonoikamakahiki.

When Lonoikamakahiki set sail on his search for his friend, Kapaihiahilina had already arrived at Anaehoomalu and soon afterwards was followed by Lonoikamakahiki and others. Lonoikamakahiki saw Kapaihiahilina sitting on the sand beach when the canoes were being hauled ashore. Lonoikamakahiki immediately began to wail and also described their previous wanderings together. Kapaihiahilina recognizing the king also commenced wailing. When they came together and had ceased weeping and conversing, then Lonoikamakahiki made a covenant between them, that there would be no more strife, nor would he harken to the voice of slander which surrounds him, and in order that the understanding between them should be made binding, Lonoikamakahiki [362]built a temple of rocks as a place for the offering of their prayers and the making of oaths to Lonoikamakahiki’s god to fully seal the covenant.

I ka manawa i imi aku ai o ua o Lonoikamakahiki, ua pae mua aku o Kapaihiahilina i Anaehoomalu a mahope aku lakou nei (Lonoikamakahiki ma). A i ka manawa i ike aku ai o Lonoikamakahiki ia Kapaihiahilina e noho mai ana i kaha one, ma kahi e kau ana na waa o lakou (o Kapaihiahilina ma), alaila, uwe aku la o Lonoikamakahiki, ma ka uwe helu ana, e like me ka laua hele ana. A ike mai la no hoi o Kapaihiahilina i ka uwe helu aku a ke alii, alaila uwe helu mai la no hoi oia.

A ia laua i halawai ai, a pau ka laua uwe ana a me ka laua kamailio ana, alaila kau iho la o Lonoikamakahiki i olelo hoohiki mawaena o laua, aole e loaa hou kekahi [363]kue, aole hoi e hoolohe i na olelo akiaki a kona mau aialo. Aka, i mea e paa io ai ka laua hoohiki, nolaila, kukulu iho la o Lonoikamakahiki i wahi ahu pohaku (heiau), i wahi no laua e pule ai me ka hoohiki imua o ke akua o Lonoikamakahiki, no ka hoopaa ana i ko laua hoohiki ana.

Kapaihiahilina observed that Lonoikamakahiki was sincere in his desires and at that moment gave his consent to return with Lonoikamakahiki. After their religious observance at this place they returned to Kona and resided at Kaawaloa, in South Kona.

A ike aku la o Kapaihiahilina ua hooiaio mai o Lonoikamakahiki i kana hoohiki ana, ia manawa ko Kapaihiahilina ae ana aku e hoi me Lonoikamakahiki. A pau ka laua kapu heiau ana malaila, hoi aku laua i Kona, a noho iho la ma Kaawaloa, ma Kona Hema.

(Tradition says because of the covenant entered into for the erection of the mound of rocks at Anaehoomalu, the boundary between Kohala and Kona was named Keahualono, and that place has been known ever since by that name signifying the erection of a mound of rocks by Lonoikamakahiki.)

(Ua oleloia ma ka moolelo o ko laua hana ana i olelo hoohiki no ke kukulu ana i ke ahu pohaku ma Anaehoomalu, ua kapaia ka inoa o ia palena mawaena o Kohala a me Kona “O Keahualono”; o ka inoa mau ia oia wahi a hiki mai i keia manawa; oia hoi ke kukulu ana o Lonoikamakahiki i ahu pohaku).

After Lonoikamakahiki and Kapaihiahilina had returned home he resumed the office of premier as formerly. After his reinstatement to his former position a conference was held between him and the king as to how to get rid of the slanderers of Kapaihiahilina from the royal presence. It is stated that Kapaihiahilina had refused to return to Kona with Lonoikamakahiki at the time they met at Anaehoomalu, the exact conversation running as follows: “I will not return with you again until those who slandered me be got rid of from your presence; then only will I return with you.” By reason of this the conference was held. Lonoikamakahiki sought the wishes of Kapaihiahilina as to what disposition should be made of his slanderers, whether they should be slain, and if that, it was agreeable to him also. Should Kapaihiahilina express the desire to banish them, Lonoikamakahiki would acquiesce to that also. Lonoikamakahiki was bent on satisfying Kapaihiahilina’s every wish.

A i ka hoi ana o Lonoikamakahiki me Kapaihiahilina, noho hou iho la o Kapaihiahilina ma kona noho kuhina nui e like me ka noho mua ana. A mahope mai o ko Kapaihiahilina noho kuhina hou ana, alaila, kukakuka ae la o Kapaihiahilina me Lonoikamakahiki, i mea e kaawale aku ai ka poe nana i niania wale ia Kapaihiahilina mai ke alo alii aku. No ka mea, ua hoole aku ua o Kapaihiahilina ia Lonoikamakahiki i ko laua halawai ana ma Anaehoomalu. A penei ka olelo ana: “Aole au e hoi hou aku me oe, aia a kaawale aku ka poe nana i niania wale ia’u mai kou alo aku, alaila, hoi aku au me oe.” A no ia mea, i kukakuka ai o Lonoikamakahiki me Kapaihiahilina. Aka, ua ninau aku o Lonoikamakahiki i ko Kapaihiahilina manao no ka poe nana i niania wale oia, ina paha o ka make ko Kapaihiahilina makemake, oia no; alaila, o ko Lonoikamakahiki makemake no ia. A ina o ke kipaku ko Kapaihiahilina makemake, alaila pela no, o ko Lonoikamakahiki manao no ia. E like me ka Kapaihiahilina mea e koi ai, malaila aku no o Lonoikamakahiki.

At the conference stated for the consideration of this matter Kapaihiahilina decided to put to death those who had slandered him. In order to mitigate the horrible death which the slanderers would meet, by actual killing, it was decided that they should die in war. In this manner were the slanderers put out of existence. Kapaihiahilina ever after became firmly entrenched as a favorite, and he acted as premier even up to the time of his death.

A nolaila, ma kela kuka ana a laua ma keia mau mea, ua hooholo ko Kapaihiahilina manao, e pau i ka make ka poe nana i niania aku. Aka hoi, i mea e pau ai ko lakou make mainoino ana ma ka pepehi maoli aku, nolaila, ua waihoia ko lakou make maloko o ke kaua ana. A pau iho la ka poe nana i niania wale ia Kapaihiahilina i ka make. A mahope iho o ia manawa, kau pono iho la o Kapaihiahilina ma kona noho punahele ana, ma ka aoao kuhina nui a hiki i kona make ana.

Thereafter, and up to the time of Lonoikamakahiki’s death, there were no more wars, no rebellions; all was peaceful. After Lonoikamakahiki’s death it is said that the kingdom of Hawaii became the patrimony of Keakealani, and from his reign on to that of the successive kings until the time of Kamehameha, we are told by tradition that no great wars ever again took place. During the reign of Keoua, however, the several district chiefs rebelled. [257]

Ma ia hope mai a hiki i ko Lonoikamakahiki make ana, aole he mau kaua ana, aole no hoi he kipi, he maikai wale no. A hala o Lonoikamakahiki i ka make, ua oleloia, ua lilo ke Aupuni o Hawaii ia Keakealani. A mai ka manawa i lilo ai o Hawaii ia Keakealani a hiki i na ’lii aimoku mahope mai ona, a hiki ia Kamehameha, aole i ikeia ma keia moolelo na kaua nui ia manawa. Aka, i ko Keoua manawa i noho ai ke kipi ana o na alii aiokana. [364]


1 Lonoikamahiki, frequently referred to as Lono, was a grandson of Umi by his wife Kapukine-a-Liloa. 

2 Father of Lono. 

3 A famous game of the ancients, the slender spears for which were made from the hard, close-grained, heavier woods; a sort of javelin, some five or six feet in length, thicker at one end. 

4 This was a stone disk for rolling along, or down, regularly prepared courses; a very popular game of olden time. 

5 Another great gambling game. This favorite game of Hawaiians was, as here shown, a test of strength and skill in gliding or skipping the arrow along the ground the greatest distance. While the bow was known among the people, it had no use in these arrow contests. 

6 The club was a war weapon which was much practiced with to attain proficiency in the various right-, or left-hand, or other “strokes” therewith, termed the hauna—shortened from hau ana. There are marvelous tales told of the skill of famous warriors in its use, as also of the enormous size and magic power of many noted implements. The favorite club of a chief or warrior was named, and was thereafter identified with him. 

7 Umu, or imu; a ground oven of heated stones. 

8 This was the general war weapon of the aliis and their immediate attendants, their body guard, with which much practice was had to attain skill in its use as a weapon of offense and defense. Spears were not the general army weapon. 

9 The account here given of the use of the sling was as a war weapon; it was also used for sports and betting contests. Slings were made of coconut fibre, usually with much care. 

10 An apparent recognized custom of a child’s seeking favor, or recognition, as in the case of Umi on his visit to Liloa. 

11 This alleged ignorance of idols in one at Lono’s age, so closely related to the head of the system, is difficult to understand, unless it was purposely designed by his kahus (guardians) until he had reached the years of discretion, when he was to be made familiar with the idols and their supposed significance and powers. It was not so in the case of Liholiho who assumed some of the temple services of his father, Kamehameha, at a very early age. 

12 Implying, you cannot be hidden from him. 

13 Hoopaapaa is to dispute; wrangle; contend stubbornly; debate; to have a mental contest of language and wit. Sometimes given as hoopapa

14 This is said to be the first instance of a chiefess ruling in Hawaii, although tradition shows Kauai to have been so governed much earlier. 

15 All articles seem to have special names, whether a clothes container, club, or famed kahili. 

16 A favorite pastime of the chiefs; a game very much resembling checkers. 

17 This is a covert phrase for identification; a play upon the name of her lover’s father, Kalaulipali

18 These casual remarks as a chant indicating a situation in the game, are quoted in konane contests to this day. 

19 This revolt was an evidence of Kaikilani’s popularity, which revolt, however, she would not countenance. 

20 All chiefs of note are supposed to possess name songs in their honor. 

21 This reveals the method of memorizing name songs, etc., of olden time. 

22 In the spirit of rivalry existing between these kings this new name chant was an opportune test of their powers of memory and narration. 

23 Liu, generally accepted as mirage, and so here used, is probably a shortening of liu-a, to see indistinctly; otherwise the definitions of the word fail to apply. 

24 Iliau (Wilkesia gymnoxiphium); a low plant, something of the silversword order, found on Kauai and elsewhere. 

25 Aliaomao, said to be the god of the year, of which there are doubts. Alia was the name of two sticks carried before the procession as emblems of the god; hence, perhaps, the idea that Omao was the god referred to. Some versions of this chant give it as Aliaopea

26 Series of names of personages. 

27 Falling this way and that; topsy-turvy conditions. 

28 Lonoikamakahiki, referring to himself. 

29 Another version gives this line as Noi aku Kamahu a ola; Kamahu asked for and obtained life, in place of Kamahuola asked, as in this case. 

30 A royal ancestor running back some ten generations. 

31 The narrator here pauses in his boasting changes. 

32 Over or above Alaeloa, in Kaanapali, Maui. 

33 The chanter here enters on a play of names. 

34 All west Maui lands. 

35 The other version gives this as Hokea; likely an error. 

36 Paie intended probably for Paia, Maui. 

37 Probably intended for Kahoolawe, though its connection is not clear. 

38 Hills likened to the palm-thatched houses of the temple. 

39 Oopu, a small mud-fish, said to be so tame as to cling to one’s hand. 

40 Kala (Monoceros unicornis), a sacred fish. 

41 Loyal devotion and self-sacrifice, as Loli was one of the two guardians who reared Lono from early childhood. 

42 Ahi (Germo germo), albacore. 

43 The reference made throughout this tradition to the “god of Keawenuiaumi” never once reveals its name. It must have been the god Kaili which Liloa transmitted the charge of to Umi, and doubtless descended to Keawenuiaumi, thence to Lonoikamakahiki. 

44 Ulua (Carangus ignobilis), as also other varieties; credited as the gamiest fish in Hawaiian waters. 

45 In the former version this is given as Honokea

46 A plea for recognition. 

47 The kissing of olden time is well borne out in its native term, “honi ka ihu,” touch or smell the nose. 

48 Lono realizes the duplicity of these adherents of Kakuhihewa, seceders from Hawaii’s court. 

49 Or, “I will flay you alive.” 

50 Showing the method of enshrouding and decorating the bones of the alii. 

51 This was probably one of high rank rather than a chief, in which case it refutes the idea that the wohi was a “royal title assumed only by the Oahu chiefs of the highest rank until comparatively modern times.” 

52 The important battle of Puumaneo here spoken of must have been a rebellion against Keawenuiaumi. The carrying about of the bones of the vanquished chiefs by a successor of the victor is shown in this case to have been for the purpose of evidence, and they are identified by one who participated in the conflict. 

53 This closing line of these several chants simply indicates it as sectional; a sort of “to be continued.” 

54 Some confusion prevails in the brother-cousin term of relationship used by the translator, which arises from the fact that the word kaikaina applies equally to a younger brother or a cousin. The same difficulty occurs in the term makuakane as father or uncle, and makuahine as mother or aunt. 

55 The koolauwahine of the original was a peculiar wind of Kauai. 

56 A more literal rendering would be, “We have seen the god weep.” 

57 A peculiar grass, of legendary fame, found on Kauai. Also the name of a choice lace-like kapa. 

58 Ohai, a flowering shrub (Sesbania grandifolia) which turns its leaves down at night. 

59 The erection of this historic temple of Puukohola is generally credited to Kamehameha I, in obedience to the instructions of Kapoukahi, Kauai’s renowned prophet, whereby he would obtain supremacy over Hawaii without more loss of life.—Pol. Race, vol. I, p. 240. According to this tradition it is shown that Kamehameha’s work was simply one of reconstruction and reconsecration to his war god Kukailimoku, for victory over his opponents, and it is a coincidence that the same deity as Kaili, Lono’s war god, presided here, as also at the heiaus of Muleiula, in Kohala, and Makolea in Kahaluu, Kona, in their consecration by Lono as acknowledgment for his victories.—Ib., p. 122. 

60 The war being directed by the priests instead of by tried warriors of the king shows their notion of being directed by the deities in temple services. 

61 A lively similitude of utter routing. 

62 By the force of wind in the swirl of the war club. 

63 Elder son of Kaikilani by Kanaloakuaana; hence, likely, the assistant toward his escape. 

64 Puholo: to cook by steaming. The food desired to be cooked is placed in a container, usually a calabash, together with the ingredients necessary to make it palatable; one or more hot stones are dropped into the container and it is covered up and left to steam till cooked. Food prepared in this way is more delicious than when kalua-ed (underground cooking). 

65 Three successive mouthfuls, or by the time required for its chewing. 

66 A proverb of ridicule. 

67 An insight this of Hawaiian strategy and method of warfare. 

68 Koae, the bos’n bird (Phaëthon lepturus). 

69 Low in comparison. 

70 Popolo, a medicinal herb (Solanum nigrum, L.); an article of food, also, when cooked. 

71 Kamakahiwa, the black eye, from having had his eyes tatued. 

72 Kanaloa refers to Kanaloakuaana. 

73 An epithet of same. 

74 Paweo, averted eye; used here to signify the sightless pearl-oyster of Ewa lagoon, famed as sensitive to sound, thereby enabling it to sense the presence of man. 

75 Olowalu, tumultuous noise; announcement of chief’s kapus, etc. 

76 Name of one of the sacred drums introduced by Laamaikahiki. 

77 Realizing he has been entrapped, Kamalalawalu begins to sue for peace. 

78 Keep on with the battle until one of us is on the altar, as an eminent authority puts it, the meaning of which is virtually, to fight on till death, when will be seen who is the bravest. Nananuu, or lananuu, was the tall scaffold structure in the temple wherein the sacrifice was placed, and in front of which stood the idols and the lele, or altar. 

79 Paimalau, bait boxes; receptacles for live bait preferred in aku fishing. 

80 Hala kaao, unripe fruit of the pandanus. 

81 A mythical tree credited to Kauai. 

82 An awa of especially satisfying quality. 

83 Awa lau hinano describes a fragrant awa resembling in perfume the hinano blossom of the pandanus. 

84 Continuous changing rains. 

85 Kinau, a sand eel.